Mark 2 — Open Scroll

← Previous: Mark 1 Next: Mark 3 →Back to Open Scroll Behind the text

Mark 2

Match: OffMatch: On Clear Select a word card Matching words are off No matching-word link is available for this card. 54 matching words in 26 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 5 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 5 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 7 matching words in 6 verses 9 matching words in 7 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 85 matching words in 26 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 31 matching words in 20 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 6 verses 4 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 12 matching words in 12 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 5 matching words in 3 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 6 matching words in 6 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 7 matching words in 6 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 4 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 4 matching words in 3 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 7 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 1 verse 5 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 7 matching words in 6 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 6 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 4 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse

CHAPTER 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

VERSE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

← Back to Matthew 8:5

← Back to Matthew 9:2

← Back to Matthew 14:35

Mark 2:1

1And when he entered again into Capernaum after some days it was noised that he was in the house

Related verses (7)

And

when he entered

again

into

Capernaum

after

some days

it was noised

that

the house

he was

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Καὶkai

εἰσελθὼνay-sel-THOHN

πάλινPAH-leen

εἰςays

Καφαρναοὺμkah-fahr-nah-OOM

διdee

ἡμερῶνhay-meh-ROHN

ἠκούσθηay-KOO-sthay

ὅτιHOH-tee

ἐνen

οἴκῳOY-koh

ἐστίνeh-STEEN

The Pieces

ΚαὶGreek conjunction

εἰσελθὼνGreek verb

πάλινGreek adverb

εἰςGreek preposition

Καφαρναοὺμname of a place

διGreek preposition

ἡμερῶνGreek noun, feminine

ἠκούσθηGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἐνGreek preposition

οἴκῳGreek noun, masculine

ἐστίνGreek verb

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to enterI go in, come in, enter.εἰσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to go in or into, enter: Mt 9:25, Lk 7:45, al.; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:12, Mk 2:1, al.; seq. διά ( πύλης, θύρας, etc.), Mt 7:13, Jo 10:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. στέγην, Mt 8:8; c. adv.: ὅπου, Mk 14:14, He 6:20; ὧδε, Mt 22:12; ἔσω, Mt 26:58; seq. πρός, c acc. pers., Mk 15:43, Lk 1:28, Ac 10:3 11:3 16:40 17:2 28:8, Re 3:20; of demons taking possession, Mk 9:25, Lk 8:30 22:3, Jo 13:27; of food, Mt 15:11, Ac 11:8. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9:46; εἰς κόπον, Jo 4:38; εἰς πειρασμόν, Mt 26:41, Lk 22:40, 46; of hope as an anchor, He 6:19; βοαί, Ja 5:4; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Re 11:11; εἰς τ. κόσμον (cf. Wi 2:24 14:14, Jo 18:37 ), Ro 5:12, He 10:5; in counterparts of Jewish Aram. phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116ff.): εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 25:10; εἰς τ. χάραν τ. κυρίου, Mt 25:21, 23; εἰς τ. ζωήν, Mt 18:8, 9 19:17, Mk 9:43, 45; εἰς τ. βασιλ. τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 5:20 7:21, al. (v.s. βασιλεία ); εἰς τ. κατάπαυσιν, He 3:11, 18 4:1 ff.; εἰς τ. δόξαν, Lk 24:26; εἰσ. καὶ ἐξερχ., to go in and out (like Heb. בֹוא וְצֵאת, De 28:6, etc.), of familiar intercourse, Ac 1:21; fig., of moral freedom, Jo 10:9 (cf. ἐπ-, παρ-, συν-εισέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

againAgain, back, once more, further, on the other hand.πάλιν, adv., [in LXX for שׁוּב, etc.;] of place, back, backwards (LS, s.v.). Of time, again, once more: Mt 4:8, Mk 2:13, Lk 23:20, Jo 1:35 (and freq.), Ac 17:32, Ro 11:23, Ga 1:9, He 1:6, al; pleonastically, π. ἀνακάμπτειν, Ac 18:21; ὑποστρέφειν, Ga 1:17; εἰς τὸ π., II Co 13:2; π. ἐκ τρίτου (Bl., § 81, 4), Mt 26:44; ἐκ δευτέρου, Mt 26:42, Ac 10:15; π. δεῦτερον, Jo 4:54 21:16; π. ἄνωθεν ( Wi 19:6 ), Ga 4:9. Rhetorically, again; further, moreover: Mt 5:33, Lk 13:20, Jo 12:39, al.; in turn, on the other hand (Soph.; LXX: Wi 13:8 16:23, al.): Lk 6:43, I Co 12:21, II Co 10:7, I Jo 2:8.Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

CapernaumCapernaum, a town of Galilee.Καφαρναούμ ( Καπερ-, Rec., v. WH, App. 160), ἡ (Heb. נַחוּם כְּפַר, Nahum's village ), Capernaum: Mt 4:13, Mk 1:21, Jo 2:12, al.Scroll for more

through/because of(a) gen: through, throughout, by the instrumentality of, (b) acc: through, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of, because of.διά (before a vowel δ’, exc. Ro 8:10, II Co 5:7, and in pr. names; Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc, as in cl.; c. gen., through; of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2:12 12:43, Mk 2:23, Lk 4:30, Jo 4:4, II Co 11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, I Co 3:15, I Pe 3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 14:20, II Co 2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Ro 2:27 4:11; δι’ ὑπομενῆς, Ro 8:25. Of Time; during which: Mt 26:61, Mk 14:58, Lk 5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, He 2:15; δ. παντός ( διαπαντός in Mk 5:5, Lk 24:53 ), always, continually, Mt 18:10, Ac 2:25 (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Ro 11:10 (LXX), II Th 3:16, He 9:6 13:15. within which: Ac 1:3; δ. νυκτός, Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255 f.): Mk 2:1, Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1. Of the Means or Instrument; of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Ro 11:36, I Co 1:9, Ga 4:7, He 2:10 7:21; of Christ, Ro 1:8 5:1, 17, I Co 15:21, I Pe 4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Ro 1:12, II Co 1:4, Ga 4:23, al.; of the agent, instrument or means; c. gen. pers., Mt 11:2, Lk 1:70, Jo 1:17, Ac 1:16, Ro 2:16, I Co 1:21, Eph 1:5, He 2:14, Re 1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου ( δ. τ. κυρίου, I Th 4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 1:22 2:15, Ro 1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), II Th 2:2; δ. Σ. ( NTD, 22), I Pe 5:12; c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11:4, Ac 5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Ro 3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Lk 8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Ga 5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18. C. acc.; rarely, as c. gen., through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας ( ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Lk 17:11. by reason of, because of, for the sake of; c. acc pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2:27, Jo 6:57 11:42, Ro 8:20; c. acc. rei, δ. φθόνον, Mt 27:18, Mk 15:10; δ. φόβον, Jo 7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph 2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:14, Lk 11:49, Jo 6:65, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mt 9:11, 14, Mk 2:18, Jo 7:45, al.; δ. τό, c. inf., Mk 5:4, Lk 9:7, Ja 4:2. In composition, through, as in διαβαίνω; of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; of transition, as διαλλάσσω; of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

to hearI hear, listen, comprehend by hearing; pass: is heard, reported.ἀκούω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁמע;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing. Intrans.: Mk 4:3 7:37, Ja 2:5, Re 2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mt 13:15 (LXX); c. cogn. dat., ακοῇ ἀ. (v.s. ἀκοή ), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26 (LXX); ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ( οὖς ) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mt 11:15, Mk 4:23, Re 2:7, al. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 1:4; c. acc. rei, Mt 12:19, Jo 3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22:9, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 12:18, I Co 11:18; c. gen. rei, Jo 7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקֹול, Ex 18:19 ), Jo 5:25, 28 Ac 9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, v. M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jo 9:31, I Jo 5:14, 15; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Jo 8:26, 40 Ac 10:22, II Ti 2:2; id. seq. ἀπό, I Jo 1:5; c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14:58, Lk 18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)Scroll for more

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

house: home(a) a house, the material building, (b) a household, family, lineage, nation.οἶκος, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for בַּיִת, also for הֵיכָל, אֹהֶל, etc.;] prop., a house, dwelling: Ac 2:2 19:16; c. gen. poss., Mt 9:6, 7, Mk 2:11, Lk 1:23, al.; c. gen. attrib., ἐμπορίου, Jo 2:16; προσευχῆς, Mt 21:13, al.; of a sanctuary (Hdt., Eur.): οἶ. τ. θεοῦ, of the tabernacle, Mt 12:4, al.; the temple, Mt 21:13, al.; metaph. of a city: Mt 23:38, Lk 13:35; of the body, Mt 12:44, Lk 11:24; of Christians, I Pe 2:5; ἐν οἴ (M, Pr., 81 f.), at home, Mk 2:1, I Co 11:34 14:35; so κατ’ οἶκον, Ac 2:46 5:42; οἱ εἰς (= οἱ ἐν; v.s. εἰς ) τ. οἶ., Lk 7:10 15:6; κατ’ οἴκους, from house to house, Ac 8:3 20:20; εἰς ( κατ’ ) οἶκον, c. gen. (Bl., § 46, 9), Mk 8:3, Lk 14:1, Ro 16:5, al. By meton., a house, household, family: Lk 10:5, Ac 7:10, I Co 1:16, I Ti 3:4, 5 al.; of the Church, ὁ οἶ. τ. θεοῦ, I Ti 3:15, He 3:2, I Pe 4:17; of descendants, οἶ Ἰσραήλ ( Δαυείδ, Ἰακώβ; Bl, § 47, 9), Mt 10:6, Lk 1:27, 33, al. (cf. Ex 6:14, I Ki 2:30, al.). SYN.: v.s. οἰκία.Scroll for more

he isεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

← Back to Mark 2:13

← Back to Mark 4:14

← Back to James 1:19

Mark 2:2

2And many were gathered together so that there was no longer room for them no not even about the door and he spake the word unto them

Related verses (16)

And

were gathered together

many

so that

no longer

there was … room for them

no not even

The ASV does not translate this word.

about

the

door

and

he spake

unto them

the

word

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

καὶkai

συνήχθησανsoo-NAY-chthay-sahn

πολλοὶpoh-LOY

ὥστεHOH-steh

μηκέτιmay-KEH-tee

χωρεῖνchoh-RAYN

μηδὲmay-DEH

τὰtah

πρὸςprohs

τὴνtayn

θύρανTHOO-rahn

καὶkai

ἐλάλειeh-LAH-lay

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

τὸνtohn

λόγονLOH-gohn

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

συνήχθησανGreek verb

πολλοὶGreek adjective or Greek adverb

ὥστεGreek conjunction

μηκέτιGreek negative adverb

χωρεῖνGreek verb

μηδὲGreek negative particle

τὰGreek article

πρὸςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

θύρανGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐλάλειGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

τὸνGreek article

λόγονGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to assembleI gather together, collect, assemble, receive with hospitality, entertain.συν-άγω [in LXX chiefly for אסף, also for קבץ, etc. (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 128);] to gather or bring together: of things, Jo 6:12, 13; seq. εἰς, Mt 3:12, al.; ἐκεῖ, Lk 12:18; ποῦ, Lk 12:17; συναγαγὼν πάντα (sc. εἰς ἀργύριον; v. Field, Notes, 68, MM, xxiv), having sold off all: Lk 15:13; of persons, Jo 11:52; esp. of assemblies, Mt 2:4, Jo 11:47, Ac 14:27, al. Pass., to be gathered or come together: Mt 22:41, Mk 2:2, Lk 22:66, al.; seq. ἐπί Mk 5:21, Ac 4:27; πρός, Mt 13:2, Mk 4:1, al.; εἰς, Re 19:17; ἐν, Ac 11:26; μετά, Mt 28:12; οὗ, Mt 18:20; ὅπου, Mt 26:57; ἐκεῖ, Jo 18:2, al. In late writers (v. Kennedy, Sources, 128; cf. De 22:2, al.), to receive hospitably, entertain: Mt 25:35, 38, 43 (cf. ἐπι-συνάγω )Scroll for more

muchMuch, many; often.πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, [in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms;] as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Ac 11:21; ὄχλος, Mk 5:24; θερισμός, Mt 9:37; χόρτος, Jo 6:10; χρόνος, Mt 25:19; γογγυσμός, Jo 7:12; πόνος, Col 4:13; δόξα, Mt 24:30; σιγή, Ac 21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mt 13:17; ὄχλοι, Mt 4:25; δαιμόνια, Mk 1:34; δυνάμεις, Mt 7:22, As subst., pl. masc., πολλοί, many (persons): Mt 7:22, Mk 2:2, al.; c. gen. partit., Mt 3:7, Lk 1:16, al.; seq. ἐκ, Jo 7:31, Ac 17:12; c. art., οἱ π., the many, Mt 24:12, Ro 12:5, I Co 10:17, 33, II Co 2:17; opp. to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Ro 5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mt 13:3, Mk 5:26, al.; acc. with adverbial force, Mk 1:45, Ro 16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), I Co 16:12, Ja 3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Lk 12:48; adverbially, Mk 12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (gen. pret.), Mt 26:9; c. compar. (Bl., § 44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, II Co 8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jo 4:41. Compar., πλείων, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (v. WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater; as adj.: Jo 15:2, Ac 18:20, He 3:3; seq. παρά, He 11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Ac 13:31, al.; c. gen. compar., Mt 21:36; c. num. ( ἤ of comp. omitted), Ac 4:22 24:11, al. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Ac 19:32 27:12, I Co 10:5 15:6; also (Bl., § 44, 3) others, more, the more: II Co 2:6 4:15, Phl 1:14; πλείονα, Lk 11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mt 20:10, II Ti 3:9; c. gen. comp., Mk 12:43, Lk 21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mt 12:41; adverbially, Ac 4:17 20:9 24:4. As adv., πλεῖον: seq. ἤ, Lk 9:13; c. gen. comp., Mt 5:20; πλείω: c. num., Mt 26:53. Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον, prop., most: Mt 11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., I Co 14:27; elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mk 4:1.Scroll for more

soSo that, therefore, so then, so as to.ὥσ-τε consecutive particle, c. infin., expressing result, so as to: Mt 8:24 12:22, Mk 1:27, Lk 5:7, Ac 1:19, Ro 7:6, I Co 1:7, He 13:6, al.; of a designed result, Mt 10:1, Lk 4:29, al.; preceded by οὕτως, Ac 14:1; by τοσοῦτος, Mt 15:33. C. indic., so that: Ga 2:13, preceded by οὕτως, Jo 3:16; so then, therefore: Mt 12:12, Mk 2:28, Ro 7:4, I Co 3:7, Ga 3:9, al. so then, therefore: c. subjc., I Co 5:8; c. imperat., I Co 3:21 4:5, Phl 2:12 I Th 4:18, I Pe 4:19, alScroll for more

never againNo longer, no more.μηκέτι (< μή, ἔτι ), adv., no more, no longer: c. 2 aor. subjc., Mk 9:25; οὐ μ., Mt 21:19; c. praes. subjc., Ro 14:13; c. praes. imperat., Lk 8:49, Jo 5:14 8:[11], Eph 4:28, I Ti 5:23; c. optat., Mk 11:14; ἵνα μ., II Co 5:15, Eph 4:14; c. inf., Mk 1:45 2:2, Ac 4:17 25:24, Ro 6:6, Eph 4:17, I Pe 4:2; c. ptcp., Ac 13:34, Ro 15:23, I Th 3:1, 5.†Scroll for more

to make room for(lit: I make room, hence) (a) I have room for, receive, contain, (b) I make room for by departing, go, make progress, turn myself.χωρέω, -ῶ [in LXX: Ge 13:6 ( נשׂא ), III Ki 7:26, 38 ( כּוּל hi.), II Ch 4:5 ( חזק hi.), Wi 7:23, 24, al.;] Intrans., to make room, give way, retire, pass: seq. εἰς, Mt 15:17; metaph. (EV, come ), εἰς μετάνοιαν, II Pe 3:9. to go forward, advance, progress (Plat., Polyb., al.) ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ. ἐν ὑμῖν, Jo 8:37 (R, txt., hath not free course; R, mg., hath no place, for wh. cf. Field, Notes, 94 f.). Trans., to have space for holding, to hold: Mk 2:2 (cf. Ge, l.c. ), Jo 21:25; of measures ( III Ki, II Ch, ll. c. ), Jo 2:6. Metaph., of having or making room in mind or heart: Mt 19:11, 12 (EV, receive ), II Co 7:2 (R, txt., open your hearts; mg., make room ) (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, ἐκ-, ὑπο-χωρέω ).†Scroll for more

norAnd not, not even, neither...nor.μηδέ, negative particle, related to οὐδέ as μή to οὐ, as conjc., continuing a negation or prohibition, but not, and not, nor: preceded by μή, Mt 6:25 22:29, Mk 12:24, Lk 14:12, al.; ἵνα μή, Jo 4:15; ὅπως μή, Lk 16:26; μηδέ... μηδέ, neither... nor, Mt 10:10, I Co 10:8, 9. As adv., strengthening a negation, not even: Mk 2:2, I Co 5:11, al.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

door(a) a door, (b) met: an opportunity.θύρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for פֶּתַח, also for דַּל, דֶּלֶת, etc.;] a door: κλείειν ( ἀποκ- ) τὴν θ., Mt 6:6, Lk 13:25; pass., Mt 25:10, Lk 11:7, Jo 20:19, 26, Ac 21:30; ἀνοίγειν, Ac 5:19; pass., Ac 16:26, 27; κρούειν, Ac 12:13; διὰ τῆς θ., Jo 10:1, 2; πρὸς τὴν θ., Mk 1:33 11:4 (WH om. τήν ), Ac 3:2; τὰ πρὸς τὴν θ., the space by the door, Mk 2:2; πρὸς τῇ θ., Jo 18:16; ἐπὶ τῇ θ, Ac 5:9; πρὸ τῆς θ., Ac 12:6; ἐπὶ τῶν θ., Ac 5:23; ἡ θ. τ. μνημείου, Mt 27:60, Mk 15:46 16:3. Metaph., of Christ, ἡ θ. τ. προβάτων, Jo 10:7, 9; of the Kingdom of Heaven, Lk 13:24; of opportunities, θ. πίστεως, Ac 14:27; θ. μεγάλη, I Co 16:9; θ. τ. λόγου, Col 4:3; θ. ἀνεῳγμένη ( ἠνεῳγ- ), II Co 2:12, Re 3:8 4:1; of Christ, ἑστηκὼς ἐπὶ τὴν θ. καὶ κρούων, Re 3:20; of his second coming, ἐπὶ θύραις εἶναι, Mt 24:33, Mk 13:29; πρὸ θυρῶν ἑστηκέναι, Ja 5:9.†Scroll for more

to speak(I talk, chatter in classical Greek, but in NT a more dignified word) I speak, say.λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc.;] to utter: of inanimate things, Re 4:1 10:4; metaph., He 11:4 12:24. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9:33 12:46, Mk 5:35, Lk 8:49; seq. ὡς, I Co 13:11, Re 13:11; εἰς, I Co 14:9; ἐκ, Mt 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 10:19, Mk 11:32, Jo 8:30, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:46, Lk 24:6, Ro 7:1, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 9:18, Jo 10:6, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mk 6:50, Lk 1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mt 13:3, Jo 12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mk 8:32, al.; seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14:31, He 5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25 f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mt 14:27, Jo 8:12, Ac 8:26, al. SYN.: v.s. λέγω.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

wordA word, speech, divine utterance, analogy.λόγος, -ου, ὁ (< λέγω ), [in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for אֵמֶר, מִלָּה, etc.;] Of that by which the inward thought is expressed, Lat. oratio, sermo, vox, verbum. a word, not in the grammatical sense of a mere name ( ἔπος, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα ), but a word as embodying a conception or idea: Mt 8:8, Lk 7:7, I Co 14:9, 19, He 12:19, al. a saying, statement, declaration: Mt 19:22 (T om.), Mk 5:36 7:29, Lk 1:29, Jo 2:22 6:60, Ac 7:29, al.; c. gen. attrib., Ac 13:15, Ro 9:9, He 7:28, al.; of the sayings, commands, promises, etc., of teachers, Mt 7:24 10:14, Mk 8:38, Lk 9:44, Jo 14:24, al.; λ. κενοί, Eph 5:6; ἀληθινοί, Re 19:9; πιστοί, Re 22:6; esp. of the precepts, decrees and promises of God, ὁ λ. τ. θεοῦ, the word of God: Mk 7:13, Jo 10:35, Ro 13:9, I Co 14:36, Phl 1:14, al.; absol., ὁ λ., Mt 13:21, 22, Mk 16:[20], Lk 1:2, Ac 6:4, He 4:12, al. speech, discourse: Ac 14:12, II Co 10:10, Ja 3:2; opp. to ἐπιστολή, II Th 2:15; disting. from σοφία, I Co 2:1; ἀναστροφή, I Ti 4:12; δύναμις, I Co 4:19, I Th 1:5; ἔργον, Ro 15:18; οὐδενὸς λ. τίμιον ( not worthy of mention ), Ac 20:24; of the faculty of speech, Lk 24:19, II Co 11:6; of the style of speech, Mt 5:37, I Co 1:5; of instruction, Col 4:3, I Pe 3:1; c. gen. pers., Jo 5:24 8:52, Ac 2:41, al.; ὁ λ. ὁ ἐμός, Jo 8:31; c. gen. obj. ( τ. ) ἀληθείας, II Co 6:7, Col 1:5, Ja 1:18; τ. καταλλαγῆς, II Co 5:19; τ. σταυροῦ, I Co 1:18; of mere talk, I Co 4:19, 20, Col 2:23, I Jo 3:18; of the talk which one occasions, hence, repute: Col 2:23. subject-matter, hence, teaching, doctrine: Ac 18:15, II Ti 2:17, al.; esp. of Christian doctrine: Mt 13:20-23, Mk 4:14-20 8:32, Lk 1:2, Ac 8:4, Ga 6:6, I Th 1:6, al.; c. gen. pers., τ. θεοῦ, Lk 5:1, Jo 17:6, Ac 4:29, I Co 14:36, I Jo 1:10, Re 6:9, al.; τ. Κυρίου, Ac 8:25, I Th 1:8, al.; τ. Χριστοῦ, Col 3:16, Re 3:8; c. gen. appos., Ac 15:7; c. gen. attrib., He 5:13. a story, tale, narrative: Mt 28:15, Jo 21:23, Ac 1:1 11:22; seq. περί, Lk 5:15. That which is spoken of (Plat., al.; v. Kennedy, Sources, 124), matter, affair, thing: Mt 21:24, Mk 1:45 11:29, Lk 20:3, Ac 8:21; of a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law, Ac 19:38; pl. ( I Mac 7:33, al.), Lk 1:4. Of the inward thought itself, Lat. ratio. reason, of the mental faculty (Hdt., Plat., al.): κατὰ λόγον, Ac 18:14; a reason, cause: τίνι λόγῳ, Ac 10:29; παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, Mt 5:32 19:9, WH, mg., R, mg. account, regard: Ac 20:24, Rec.; reckoning: Phl 4:15, 17; συναίρειν (q.v.) λ., Mt 18:23 25:19; in forensic sense, Ro 14:12, He 13:17, I Pe 4:5; c. gen. rei, Lk 16:2; seq. περί, Mt 12:36, Ac 19:40, I Pe 3:15. proportion, analogy: Phl 2:16 (Field, Notes, 193 f.). ὁ λ., the Divine Word or Logos: Jo 1:1, 14; τ. ζωῆς, I Jo 1:1; τ. θεοῦ, Re 19:13 (v. Westc, Swete, CGT, in ll.; reff. in Artt., Logos, DB, DCG ).Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 8:6

← Back to Matthew 8:16

Mark 2:3

3And they come bringing unto him a man sick of the palsy borne of four

Related verses (2)

Matthew 9:1-8 | Luke 5:18-26

And

they come

bringing

unto

him

a man sick of the palsy

borne

four

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

καὶkai

ἔρχονταιEHR-chohn-tai

φέροντεςFEH-rohn-tes

πρὸςprohs

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

παραλυτικὸνpah-rah-loo-tee-KOHN

αἰρόμενονai-ROH-meh-nohn

ὑπὸhoo-POH

τεσσάρωνteh-SAH-rohn

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἔρχονταιGreek verb

φέροντεςGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

παραλυτικὸνGreek adjective

αἰρόμενονGreek verb

ὑπὸGreek preposition

τεσσάρωνGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

to come/goI come, go.ἔρχομαι, [in LXX very freq. for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni., אתה, etc., 34 words in all;] to come; of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mt 8:9, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:27, Ro 9:9, al.; seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:35 7:1, Jo 3:2, al.; ἐκ, Lk 5:17, Jo 3:31, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:29, al.; διά seq. εἰς, Mk 7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ἐν ), Ro 15:29, I Co 4:21; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 6:53 11:13, Jo 19:33, al.; κατά, c. acc., Lk 10:33 Ac 16:7; παρά, c. gen., Lk 8:49; c. acc., Mt 15:29, Mk 9:14, al.; c. dat. comm., incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21:5, Re 2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jo 3:8, al.; ἄνωθεν, Jo 3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mk 5:27; ὧδε, Mt 8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jo 18:3; ποῦ, He 11:8; seq. ἕως, Lk 4:42; ἄχρι, Ac 11:5; with purpose expressed by inf., Mk 5:14, Lk 1:59, al.; by fut. ptcp., Mt 27:49; ἵνα, Jo 12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Ac 9:21; διά, c. acc., Jo 12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc.: Mk 2:18, Jo 6:15, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2:8 8:7, Mk 7:25, Ac 16:39, al.; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Lk 15:25, al.; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah ( ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mt 11:3, al.; v. Cremer, 264), Lk 3:16, Jo 4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mt 11:19, Lk 7:34, Jo 5:43, al.; of the second coming, Mt 10:23, Ac 1:11, I Co 4:5, I Th 5:2, al.; of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (pres. for fut.: Bl., §56, 8), Lk 23:29, He 8:8 (LXX); fut., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, al.; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jo 4:21, 23. al.; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jo 13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, I Th 5:2; καιροί, Ac 3:19; of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Lk 17:27; λιμός, Ac 7:11; ἡ ὀργή, I Th 1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mk 4:21 (v. Swete, in l.). Metaph., τ. ἀγαθά, Ro 3:8; τ. τέλειον, I Co 13:10; ἡ πίστις, Ga 3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Ro 7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Re 7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mk 5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al. to go: ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי ), Mt 16:24, Mk 8:34, Lk 9:23; σύν, Jo 21:3; ὁδόν, Lk 2:44. (Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ-, παρ-εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐξ-, δι-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, ἀντι-παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-έρχομαι.) SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, s.v. ἔρξομαι ).Scroll for more

to bear/leadI carry, bear, bring; I conduct, lead; perhaps: I make publicly known.φέρω [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא. hi., also for נשׂא, etc.;] to bear; to bear, carry: c. acc, Lk 23:26 24:1, Jo 19:39, He 1:3 (v. Westc., in l.); pass., Ac 2:2 27:15, 17 He 6:1, II Pe 1:17, 18; of the mind, II Pe 1:21. to bear, endure: c. acc. rei, He 12:20 13:13; c. acc pers., Ro 9:22. to bring, bring forward: c. acc. pers., Ac 5:16; id. seq. πρός, Mk 1:32 2:3 9:17, 19, 20; ἐπί, Lk 5:18; c. dat., Mk 7:32 8:22; c. acc. rei, Mk 6:27 11:2 12:15, Lk 15:23, Ac 4:34, 37 5:2, II Ti 4:13; id. seq. πρός, Mk 11:7; εἰς, Re 21:24, 26; ἐπί, Mt 14:11, Mk 6:28; ἀπό, Jo 21:10; c. dat., Mk 12:15, Jo 2:8; id. seq. ὧδε, Mt 14:18 17:17; seq. φαγεῖν (sc. τι ), Jo 4:33; τ. δάκτυλον ( χεῖρα ), Jo 20:27; pass., ἡ χάρις, I Pe 1:13; διδαχήν, II Jn 10; θάνατον (cf. Field, Notes, 230), He 9:16; κρίσιν, II Pe 2:11; κατηγορίαν, Jo 18:29; αἰτίαν, Ac 25:18; αἰτιώματα, ib. 7, Rec. to bear, produce, bring forth: καρπόν, Mt 7:18, Mk 4:8, Jo 12:24 15:2, 4, 5, 8, 16. to bring, lead: Mk 15:22, Jo 21:18, Ac 14:13; metaph., of a gate ( ὁδός, cl.), Seq. εἰς, Ac 12:10 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, εἰσ-, παρ-εισ-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπο-φέρω ).† SYN: φορέω, which expresses habitual and continuous bearing as distinct from ( φέρω ) that which is accidental and temporary (cf. Mt 11:8, al., s.v. φορέω, and v. Tr., Syn., § lviii)Scroll for more

paralyticAfflicted with paralysis.*† παρα-λυτικός, -ή, -όν (< παραλύω ), paralytic: Mt 4:24 8:6 9:2, 6, Mk 2:3-5, 9, 10, Lk 5:24 (Rec., WH, mg.).†Scroll for more

to take upI raise, lift up, take away, remove.αἴρω, [in LXX chiefly for נשׂא, also for לקח, etc.;] to raise, take up, lift or draw up: Jo 8:59 11:41, Ac 27:17, al. to bear, carry: Mt 4:6 16:24, al. to bear or take away, carry off, remove: Mt 21:21, Jo 19:31, I Co 5:12 6:15 (v. Lft., Notes, 216), al.; of the taking away sin by Christ, Jo 1:29, I Jo 3:5. (Cf. ἀπ’, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, μετ-, συν-, ὑπερ-αίρω ). For exx. from π., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

by/under: byBy, under, about.ὑπό (before smooth breathing ὑπ’, Mt 8:9 b, Lk 7:8 b; before rough breathing ὑφ’, Ro 3:9; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. c. a, Ga 3:22, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), acc. C. gen., primarily of place, under, hence, metaph., of the efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1:22, Mk 1:5, Lk 2:18, Jo 14:21, Ac 4:11, I Co 1:11, He 3:4, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 8:24, Lk 7:24, Ro 3:21, al.; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass. meaning, Mt 17:12, Mk 5:26, I Co 10:9, 10 I Th 2:14, al. C. acc., under; of motion: Mt 5:15 8:8, Mk 4:21, Lk 13:34; hence, metaph., of subjection, Ro 7:14, I Co 15:27, Ga 3:22, I Pe 5:6, al. Of position: Jo 1:49, Ac 4:12, Ro 3:13, I Co 10:1, al.; hence, metaph., under, subject to, Mt 8:9, Ro 3:9, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5, al. Of time, about: Ac 5:21. In composition: under ( ὑποδέω ), hence, of subjection ( ὑποτάσσω ), compliance ( ὑπακούω ), secrecy ( ὑποβάλλω ), diminution ( ὑποπνέω ).Scroll for more

fourFour.τέσσαρες (and Ion. and late -ερες, and late acc -ες; v. WH, App., 150; M, Pr., 36, 45 f.), οἱ, αἱ, -αρα, τά, gen., -ων, four: Mt 24:31, Mk 2:3, Lk 2:37, Jo 11:17 19:23, Ac 10:11, Re 4:4, 6, alScroll for more

← Back to Deuteronomy 22:8

← Back to Matthew 9:2

← Back to Luke 5:19

Mark 2:4

4And when they could not come nigh unto him for the crowd they uncovered the roof where he was and when they had broken it up they let down the bed whereon the sick of the palsy lay

Word By Word, In Greek Order1And | 2not | 3when they could | 4come nigh | 5unto him | 6for | 7the | 8crowd | 9they uncovered | 10the | 11roof | 12where | 13he was | 14and | 15when they had broken it up | 16they let down | 17the | 18bed | 19whereon | 20the | 21sick of the palsy | 22lay

Related verses (2)

Deuteronomy 22:8 | Luke 5:19

And

not

when they could

come nigh

unto him

for

the

crowd

they uncovered

the

roof

where

he was

and

when they had broken it up

they let down

the

bed

whereon

the

sick of the palsy

lay

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

καὶkai

μὴmay

δυνάμενοιdoo-NAH-meh-noy

προσεγγίσαιproh-sen-GEE-sai

αὐτῷow-TOH

διὰdee-AH

τὸνtohn

ὄχλονOH-chlohn

ἀπεστέγασανah-peh-STEH-gah-sahn

τὴνtayn

στέγηνSTEH-gayn

ὅπουHOH-poo

ἦνayn

καὶkai

ἐξορύξαντεςeh-ksoh-ROO-ksahn-tes

χαλῶσιchah-LOH-see

τὸνtohn

κράβαττονKRAH-bah-tohn

ὅπουHOH-poo

ὁhoh

παραλυτικὸςpah-rah-loo-tee-KOHS

κατέκειτοkah-TEH-kay-toh

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

μὴGreek negative particle

δυνάμενοιGreek verb

προσεγγίσαι

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

διὰGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

ὄχλονGreek noun, masculine

ἀπεστέγασανGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

στέγηνGreek noun, feminine

ὅπουGreek conjunction

ἦνGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐξορύξαντεςGreek verb

χαλῶσιGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

κράβαττονGreek noun, masculine

ὅπουGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

παραλυτικὸςGreek adjective

κατέκειτοGreek verb

What It Can Mean

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

be able(a) I am powerful, have (the) power, (b) I am able, I can.δύναμαι, depon., [in LXX chiefly for יָכֹל;] to be able, have power, whether by personal ability, permission, or opportunity: c. inf. (M, Pr., 205; WM, § 44, 3) pres., Mt 6:24, Mk 2:7, Jo 3:2, I Co 10:21, al.; c. inf. aor., Mt 3:9, Mk 1:45, Jo 3:3, 4 Ro 8:39, al.; c. acc., to be able to do something: Mk 9:22, Lk 12:26; II Co 13:8; absol., to be able, capable, powerful: I Co 3:2 10:13.Scroll for more

No dictionary entry for this word.

crowdA crowd, mob, the common people.ὄχλος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX for הָמוֹן (chiefly in Da TH), חַיִל, קָהָל, etc.;] a moving crowd or multitude of persons, a throng: Mt 9:23, Mk 2:4, Lk 5:1, Jo 5:13, al.; pl., Mt 5:1, Mk 10:1, Lk 3:7, and freq.; ὄ. ἱκανός, Mk 10:46, al.; τοσοῦτος, Mt 15:33; οὐ μετ’ ὄχλου, Ac 24:18; ἄτερ ὄχλου, Lk 22:6; πᾶς ὁ ὄ., Mt 13:2, Mk 2:13, al.; ὄ. πολύς ( π. ὄ ), Mt 20:29, Mk 5:21, al.; ὁ πολὺς ὄ. ( ὄ. π. ), the populace, the common people, Mk 12:37 (Swete, in l.; Field, Notes, 37), Jo 12:9 (Westc, in l.). (As also cl., opp. to δῆμος, q.v., and cf. Tr., Syn., § xcviii), the populace, the common people (cf. ὁ πολὺς ὄ., supr.), Mt 14:5 21:26, Mk 12:12, Jo 7:12b; so with contempt (cl.), Jo 7:49. In a more general sense, a multitude: c. gen., ὀνομάτων (v.s. ὀ. ), Ac 1:15; μαθητῶν, Lk 6:17, al.Scroll for more

to unroofI unroof, take the roof off.** ἀπο-στεγάζω (< στέγη ), [in Sm.: Je 49:10 ( 29:11 )*;] to unroof: Mk 2:4.†Scroll for more

roofA flat roof of a house.στέγη, -ης, ἡ (< στέγω ) [in LXX: Ge 8:13 ( מִכְסֶה ), etc.;] a roof: Mk 2:4; of entering a house, εἰσέρχεσθαι ὑπὸ τὴν σ., Mt 8:8, Lk 7:6 (cf. MM, xxiii).†Scroll for more

whereverWhere, whither, in what place.ὅπου, adv. of place, correlat. of ποῦ (q.v.), where. Prop., of place, where; in relative sentences, c. indic: Mt 25:24, 26, Mk 2:4 4:5, 15 5:40 13:14, Jo 3:8 6:62 7:34, 36 11:32 14:3 17:24 20:19, Ro 15:20, Re 2:13; after nouns of place, for relat. prepositional phrase ( ἐν ᾧ., etc.), Mt 6:19, 20 13:5 26:57 28:6, Mk 6:55 9:48, Lk 12:33, Jo 1:28 4:20, 46 6:23 7:42 10:40 11:30 12:1 18:1, 20 19:18, 20, 41 20:12, Ac 17:1, Re 2:13 11:8 20:10; seq. ἐκεῖ., Mt 6:21, Lk 12:34 17:37, Jo 12:26; id. pleonast. (= Heb. אֲשֶׁר... שָׁם; Aram. דְּ... תַּמָּן; cf. Ge 13:3 ), ὅ.... ἐκεῖ, Re 12:6, 14; ὅ.... ἐπ' αὐτῶν, Re 17:9; ὅ. ἄν, wherever (M, Pr., 168), c. impf. indic., Mk 6:56; c. pres. subjc., Mt 24:28; ὅ. ἐάν, Mt 26:13, Mk 6:10 9:18 14:9, 14a; in quaest. indir., c. aor. subjc.: Mk 14:14b, Lk 22:11. In late writers (sometimes also in cl.; Bl., § 25, 2), with verbs of motion, = ὅποι, whither: c. indic., Jo 8:21, 22 13:33, 36 14:4 21:18, He 6:20, Ja 3:4; ὅ. ἄν, whithersoever, c. pres. ind., Re 14:4; subjc., Lk 9:57; ὅ. ἐάν, Mt 8:19. Without strict local sense, of time or condition: Col 3:11, He 9:16 10:18, Ja 3:16, II Pe 2:11. Of cause or reason (AV, whereas ): I Co 3:3.†Scroll for more

wasεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

to dig through/out(a) I dig out, hence: I open up, (b) I gouge.ἐξ-ορύσσω [in LXX: Pr 29:22; ὀφθαλμόν ( -ούς ), Jg 16:21, I Ki 11:2 ( נָקַר )*;] to dig out, dig up: στέγην, Mk 2:4; metaph., ὀφθαλμούς (cf. LXX, ll c.; Herod., viii, 116), Ga 4:15.†Scroll for more

to lowerI let down, lower, slacken, loosen.χαλάω, -ῶ [in LXX: ( Je 45 (38):6 ) ( שׁלח pi.), etc.;] to slacken, loosen; to let loose, let go; to lower, let down: c. acc. rei, Mk 2:4, Lk 5:4, 5, Ac 9:25 27:17, 30; c. acc. pers. (cf. Je, l.c. ), pass., II Co 11:33.†Scroll for more

bedA bed, mattress, mat of a poor man.**† κράβαττος (Rec. κράββατος ), ου, ὁ (a Macedonian word, = Lat. grabatus, cl. σκίμπους ), [in Aq.: Am 3:12 *;] a camp bed, pallet: Mk 2:4, 9, 11, 12 6:55, Jo 5:8-11, Ac 5:15 9:33 (v. Swete, Mk., 2:4, and cf. κλίνη ).†Scroll for more

paralyticAfflicted with paralysis.*† παρα-λυτικός, -ή, -όν (< παραλύω ), paralytic: Mt 4:24 8:6 9:2, 6, Mk 2:3-5, 9, 10, Lk 5:24 (Rec., WH, mg.).†Scroll for more

to reclineI recline (at table); more often: I keep my bed, am lying ill (in bed).κατά-κειμαι, [in LXX: Pr 6:9 23:34 ( שׁכב ), Jth 13:15, Wi 17:7 *;] to lie down. to lie sick: Mk 1:30 2:4, Jo 5:6, Ac 28:8; seq. ἐπί c. gen., Ac 9:33; id. c. acc., Lk 5:25; ἐν, Jo 5:3. to recline at meals (cf. ἀνάκειμαι ): Mk 14:3, Lk 5:29; seq. ἐν, Mk 2:15, Lk 7:37, I Co 8:10.†Scroll for more

← Back to Psalms 103:3

Mark 2:5

5And Jesus seeing their faith saith unto the sick of the palsy Son thy sins are forgiven

Related verses (26)

And

seeing

The ASV does not translate this word.

Jesus

The ASV does not translate this word.

faith

their

saith

unto the

sick of the palsy

Son

are forgiven

thy

The ASV does not translate this word.

sins

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

καὶkai

ἰδὼνee-DOHN

ὁhoh

Ἰησοῦςee-ay-SOOS

τὴνtayn

πίστινPEE-steen

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

λέγειLEH-gay

τῷtoh

παραλυτικῷpah-rah-loo-tee-KOH

ΤέκνονTEH-knohn

ἀφίενταίah-FEE-en-tai

σουsoo

αἱhai

ἁμαρτίαιhah-mahr-TEE-ai

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἰδὼν

ὁGreek article

Ἰησοῦςname of a person

τὴνGreek article

πίστινGreek noun, feminine

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

λέγειGreek verb

τῷGreek article

παραλυτικῷGreek adjective

ΤέκνονGreek noun, neuter

ἀφίενταίGreek verb

σουGreek pronoun

αἱGreek article

ἁμαρτίαιGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to seeI see, look upon, experience, perceive, discern, beware.ὁράω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc.;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by βλέτω, θεωρέω, v. Bl., § 24). Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:46, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:16, al.; c. acc., Mt 2:2, Mk 1:10 16:7, Ga 1:19, al.; θεόν, Jo 1:18, I Jo 4:20, al. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Ro 15:21; c. acc. rei., Mt 9:2 27:54, Ac 8:23, Col 2:18, al. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, c. aor. subjc., Mt 8:4 18:10, Mk 1:44, I Th 5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Re 19:10 22:9 (Bl., § 81, 1); seq. imperat. Mt 9:30 16:6, Mk 8:15. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; ζωήν, Jo 3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Ac 2:27. to visit: c. acc. pers., Lk 8:20, Jo 12:21, Ro 1:11, al.; c. acc. loc., Ac 19:21. to see to, care for: Mt 27:4, Ac 18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω ). SYN.: v.s. βλέπω.Scroll for more

JesusJesus; the Greek form of Joshua; Jesus, son of Eliezer; Jesus, surnamed Justus.Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ ), JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al. Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 4:11. v.s. βαραββᾶς.Scroll for more

faithFaith, belief, trust, confidence; fidelity, faithfulness.πίστις, -εως, ἡ (< πείθω ), [in LXX chiefly for אֱמוּנָה;] in active sense, faith, belief, trust, confidence, in NT always of religious faith in God or Christ or spiritual things: Mt 8:10, Lk 5:20, Ac 14:9, Ro 1:8, I Co 2:5, II Co 1:24, I Ti 1:5, al.; c. gen. obj., Mk 11:22, Ac 3:16, Ro 3:22, Ga 2:16, Eph 3:12, Ja 2:1, al.; c. prep., ἐν, Ro 3:25, Ga 3:26, Eph 1:15, Col 1:24, I Ti 1:14 3:13, II Ti 1:13 3:15, II Pe 1:1; εἰς, Ac 20:21 24:24 26:18, Col 2:5, I Pe 1:21; πρός, I Th 1:8, Phm 5; ἐπί, c. acc., He 6:1; ἐν τῇ π. στήκειν ( εἶναι, μένειν ), I Co 16:13, I Co 13:5, I Ti 2:15; ὑπακοὴ τῆς π., Ro 1:5 16:26; ὁ ἐκ π., Ro 3:26 4:16, Ga 3:12; διὰ ( τῆς ) π., Ro 3:30, Ga 2:16, Phl 3:9. By meton., objectively, that which is the object or content of belief, the faith: Ac 6:7 14:22, Ga 1:23 3:23 6:10, Phl 1:25, 27, Ju 3, 20, and perh. also Ac 13:8 16:5, Ro 1:5 and 16:26 (v. supr.), I Co 16:13, Col 1:23, II Th 3:2 (Lft., Notes, 125), I Ti 1:19 3:9 4:1, 6 5:8 6:10, 12, II Ti 3:8 4:7, Tit 1:4, 13 3:15, I Pe 5:9. In passive sense, fidelity, faithfulness: Mt 23:23, Ga 5:22; ἡ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, Ro 3:3; objectively, plighted faith, a pledge of fidelity: I Ti 5:12. (On the various shades of meaning in which the word is used in NT, v. esp. ICC on Ro 1:17, pp. 31 ff.; Lft., Ga., 154 ff.; Stevens, Th. NT, 422, 515 ff.; DB, i, 830 ff.; Cremer, s.v.)Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

paralyticAfflicted with paralysis.*† παρα-λυτικός, -ή, -όν (< παραλύω ), paralytic: Mt 4:24 8:6 9:2, 6, Mk 2:3-5, 9, 10, Lk 5:24 (Rec., WH, mg.).†Scroll for more

childA child, descendent, inhabitant.τέκνον, -ου, τό (< τίκτω ), [in LXX chiefly for בֵּן, also for יֶלֶד, etc.;] that which is begotten, born (cf. Scottish bairn ), a child of either sex: Mk 13:12, Lk 1:7, Ac 7:5; pl., Mt 7:11, Mk 7:27, Lk 1:17, Eph 6:1, al.; τέκνα ἐπαγγελίας, Ro 9:8; τ. τῆς σαρκός, ib.; in a wider sense (as Heb. בָּנִים ), of posterity, Mt 2:18, Lk 3:8, al.; specif., of a male child, Mt 21:28, Ac 21:21, a,l.; in voc. as a form of kindly address from an elder to a junior or from a teacher to a disciple, Mt 9:2 21:28, Mk 2:5, Lk 2:48; τ. μου (= cl. τ. μοι; v. Bl., §37, 5), Ga 4:19 ( τεκνία, WH, txt.), II Ti 2:1. Metaph., of disciples (apart from direct address, v. supr.): Phm 10, I Ti 1:2, Tit 1:4, III Jo 4; with reference to the Fatherhood of God (v.s. πατήρ, γεννάω ), τέκνα τ. θεοῦ (cf. Is 30:1, Wi 16:21 ): Ro 8:16, Eph 5:1, Phl 2:15; and esp. in Johannine bks. (cf. Westc, Epp. Jo., 94, 120), Jo 1:12, I Jo 3:1 al.; of those who imitate others and are therefore regarded as the spiritual offspring of their exemplars: Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, Jo 8:39, Ro 9:7, I Pe 3:6; τ. διαβόλου, I Jo 3:10; as in Heb. (LXX, Jl 2:23, Ps 149:2, I Mac 1:38 ), of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 23:37, Lk 13:34 19:44, Ga 4:25; with an adjectival gen., freq. rendering a Heb. expression, adopted from LXX or formed on the analogy of its language, but sometimes with parallels in Gk. writers (v. Deiss., BS, 161ff.): τέκνα φωτός, Eph 5:8; τ. ὑπακοῆς, I Pe 1:14; κατάρας, II Pe 2:14; ὀργῆς, Eph 2:3. SYN.: v.s. παῖς.Scroll for more

to release: leave(a) I send away, (b) I let go, release, permit to depart, (c) I remit, forgive, (d) I permit, suffer.ἀφ-ίημι, [in LXX for נשׂא, נוח hi., נתן, סלח ni., עזב, etc.;] to send forth, send away, let go: of divorce ( DB, iii, 274 a ), τ. γυναῖκα (Hdt.), I Co 7:11-13; of death, τ. πνεῦμα ( Ge 35:18, Hdt., al.), Mt 27:50; ( φωνήν, to utter a cry, Mk 15:37; of debts, to remit, forgive (cl.), τ. δανεῖον, Mt 18:27; τ. ὀφειλήν, Mt 18:32; esp. of sins (Cremer 296 f.), τ. ἁμαρτίας, ἁμαρτήματα, ἀνομίας, Mt 9:2, Ro 4:7 (LXX), I Jo 1:9, al.; punctiliar and iterative pres. (M, Pr., 119), Mk 2:5, Lk 11:4; Ion. pf., ἀφέωνται (M, Pr., 38), Lk 5:23. to leave alone, leave, neglect: Mt 4:11 5:24 15:14, Mk 1:20, 31, Jo 4:3, 28 al.; τ. ἐντολὴν τ. θεοῦ, Mk 7:8; τὸν τ. ἀρχῆς τ. Χριστοῦ λόγον, He 6:1; τ. ὀγάπην τ. πρώτην, Re 2:4; ptcp., ἀφείς, pleonastic (as in Aram.; M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 21 f.), Mt 13:36 22:22, Mk 8:13, al. to let, suffer, permit: Mt 3:15; c. acc., Mt 3:15, 19:14, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 5:40; c. inf. pres., Mt 23:14, al.; aor., Mk 5:37, al.; in late Gk. (M, Pr., 175 f.), seq. ἵνα, Mk 11:16, Jo 12:7; c. subjunct. (M, Pr., 175 f.; Bl., § 64, 2), Mt 7:4 27:49, Mk 15:36, Lk 6:42 (see further MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

sinProp: missing the mark; hence: (a) guilt, sin, (b) a fault, failure (in an ethical sense), sinful deed.ἁμαρτία, -ας, ἡ (< ἁμαρτάνω, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for חַטָּאת and cogn. forms, also for פֶּשַׁע,עָוֹן, etc.;] prop. a missing the mark; in cl. (v. reff. to CR in MM, VGT, s.v.); guilt, sin (Plat., Arist., al.); more freq., from Æsch. down, a fault, failure. In NT (as LXX) always in ethical sense; as a principle and quality of action, = τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν, a sinning, sin: Ro 5:12, 13 20; ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι, Ro 3:9; ἐπιμένειν, Ro 6:1; ἀποθνήσκειν, νεκρὸν εἶναι τῇ ἁ., Ro 6:2, 11; τὴν ἀ. γινώσκειν, Ro 7:7; σῶμα τῆς ἁ., Ro 6:6; ἀπάτη τῆς ἁ., He 3:13; personified as a ruling principle, ἁ. βασιλεύει, κυριεύει, etc., Ro 5:21 6:12, 14 7:17, 20; δουλεύειν, Ro 6:6; δοῦλος τῆς ἁ., ib. 17; νόμος τῆς ἁ., Ro 7:23 8:2; δύναμις τῆς ἁ., I Co 15:56 (cf. Ge 4:7 ). As a generic term (disting. fr. the specific terms ἁμάρτημα, q.v., etc.) for concrete wrongdoing, violation of the divine law, sin: Jo 8:46, Ja 1:15, al.; ποιεῖν (τὴν) ἁ., Jo 8:34, II Co 11:7, I Jo 3:8; εἴχειν ἁ., Jo 9:41 15:22, 24 19:11, I Jo 1:8; in pl. ἁμαρτίαι, sin in the aggregate, I Th 2:16 (v. Milligan, in l.); ποιεῖν ἁμαρτίας, Ja 5:15; πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν, Ja 5:20, I Pe 4:8; ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν, Mt 26:28, Mk 1:4, al.; ἐν ἁμαρτίαις εἶναι, I Co 15:17; collectively, αἴρειν τὴν ἁ. τ. κόσμου, Jo 1:29; ἀποθνήσκειν ἐν τῇ ἁ., Jo 8:21. = ἁμάρτημα, a sinful deed, a sin: Mt 12:31, Ac 7:60, I Jo 5:16. SYN.: v.s. ἁμάρτημα.Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Kings 12:26

← Back to Psalms 10:11

← Back to Psalms 35:25

← Back to Isaiah 29:20

← Back to Matthew 9:3

← Back to Mark 9:14

← Back to Luke 5:21

← Back to Luke 7:39

Mark 2:6

6But there were certain of the scribes sitting there and reasoning in their hearts

Related verses (4)

Mark 8:17 | Matthew 16:7-8 | Luke 5:21-22 | 2 Corinthians 10:5

there were

But

certain

of the

scribes

there

sitting

and

reasoning

The ASV does not translate this word.

hearts

their

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

ἦσανAY-sahn

δέdeh

τινεςtee-nes

τῶνtohn

γραμματέωνgrah-mah-TEH-ohn

ἐκεῖeh-KAY

καθήμενοιkah-THAY-meh-noy

καὶkai

διαλογιζόμενοιdee-ah-loh-gee-ZOH-meh-noy

ἐνen

ταῖςtais

καρδίαιςkahr-DEE-ais

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

The Pieces

ἦσανGreek verb

δέGreek conjunction

τινεςGreek indefinite pronoun

τῶνGreek article

γραμματέωνGreek noun, masculine

ἐκεῖGreek adverb

καθήμενοιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

διαλογιζόμενοιGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ταῖςGreek article

καρδίαιςGreek noun, feminine

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

scribe(a) in Jerusalem, a scribe, one learned in the Jewish Law, a religious teacher, (b) at Ephesus, the town-clerk, the secretary of the city, (c) a man of learning generally.γραμματεύς, -έως (acc. pl., -εῖς, v. Bl., §8, 2), ὁ (< γράμμα ), [in LXX always for שׁטר in Hex., elsewhere chiefly for ספר;] a secretary; γ. τ. πόλεως, a state-clerk: Ac 19:35. In π., of a military officer (Deiss., BS, 110f.). So Jg 5:14, IV Ki 25:19 ( ספר ), al. a scribe, a biblical scholar, teacher of the law (so first in I Es 8:3, II Es 7:6; in Lk 5:17, νομοδιδάσκαλος; in Lk 10:25, νομικός ): Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, and freq. in Gosp. γ. καὶ ἀρχιερεῖς, Mt 2:4, et al.; γ. κ. Φαρισαῖοι, Mt 5:20, et al.; γ. μαθητευθεὶς τῇ βασιλείᾳ τ. οὐρ., Mt 13:52; ποῦ σοφός; ποῦ γ., I Co 1:20 (Cremer, 167; DB, iv, 420, 800).Scroll for more

there(a) there, yonder, in that place, (b) thither, there.ἐκεῖ adv., [in LXX chiefly for שָׁם;] properly, of place, there: Mt 2:13 5:24, al.; οἱ ἐ., Mt 26:71; οὗ... ἐ., Mt 6:21 18:20 24:28, Mk 6:10, Lk 12:34; pleonastic, ὅπου... ἐ. (= שָׁם אֲשֶׁר, De 4:5, al.), Re 12:6, 14 (cf. Bl., § 50, 4). As often in cl. (Hdt., Thuc., al.), with verbs of motion, for ἐκεῖσε, thither: Mt 2:22 17:20 24:28 26:36, Mk 6:33, Lk 12:18 17:37 21:2, Jo 11:8 18:2, 3, Ro 15:24Scroll for more

to sitI sit, am seated, enthroned; I dwell, reside.κάθ-ημαι, [in LXX chiefly for ישׁב;] in cl. pres. and impf. only (prop. pf. and plpf. of καθέζομαι; cf. Bl., § 24), in LXX and NT fut. also, to sit, be seated: Mt 11:16 22:44 (LXX), Mk 2:6, Jo 6:3, Ac 2:2, Ja 2:3 (on the vulgar imper. κάθου, v. Kennedy, Sources, 162), Re 4:3, al.; seq. prep. c. acc., ἐπί, Mt 9:9, Mk 2:14, Jo 12:15; παρά, Mt 13:1, Mk 10:46; περί, Mk 3:32, 34; πρός, Lk 22:56; ὑπό, Ja 2:3; εἰς, Mk 13:3; μετά, c. gen. pers., Mt 26:58; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 22:44; ἐπάνω, c. gen., Mt 28:2; ἀπέναντι, c. gen., Mt 27:61; ἐπί, c. dat., Ac 3:10; id. c. gen., Ac 8:28; ἐκεῖ, Mt 15:29; pleonastic (M, Pr., 230, 241; Dalman, Words, 22), Mt 13:2, Ac 23:3, Re 18:7; metaph., Mt 4:16, Lk 1:79 (LXX); of one's domicile ( Ne 11:6, Si 50:26; Hdt., v, 63), Lk 21:35, Ac 2:2, Re 14:6 (cf. συν-κάθημαι ).Scroll for more

to discussI reason (with), debate (with), consider.δια-λογίζομαι, depon. [in LXX chiefly for חשׁב, freq. in Pss.;] to balance accounts (Dem.). to consider, reason (Isocr.): Lk 1:29 5:21; ἐν τ. καρδία, Mk 2:6, 8, Lk 5:22; περί Lk 3:15; ἐν ἑαυτῷ ( -οῖς ), Mt 16:7, 8, Mk 2:8, Lk 12:17; πρὸς ἑ., Mk 9:33 11:31, Lk 20:14; παρ’ ἑ., Mt 21:25 ( ἐν ἑ., T, WH, mg.); πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Mk 8:16; ὅτι, Mk 8:17, Jo 11:50, Rec. ( DB, i, 611; Cremer, 400).†Scroll for more

heartLit: the heart; mind, character, inner self, will, intention, center.καρδία, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for לֵב, לֵבָב;] the heart, the bodily organ which is regarded as the seat of life ( II Ki 18:14, IV Ki 9:24, al.). In a psychological sense, the seat of man's collective energies, the focus of personal life, the seat of the rational as well as the emotional and volitional elements in human life, hence that wherein lies the moral and religious condition of the man ( DB, ii, 317 f.; DGG, ii, 344 a ); of the seat of physical life ( Jg 19:5, Ps 101 (102):5 103 (104):15 ): Ac 14:17, Ja 5:5; of the seat of spiritual life: Mt 5:8, Mk 7:19, Lk 1:51, Ac 5:3, Ro 10:9, 10, Eph 6:5, al.; pl., Mt 9:4, Mk 2:6, al.; opp. to στόμα, χείλεα, πρόσωπον, Mt 15:8, Mk 7:6, Ro 10:8, 9, II Co 5:12; περιτομὴ καρδίας, Ro 2:29; ἐκ κ., Ro 6:17, I Pe 1:22; ἀπὸ τῶν κ., Mt 18:35; ἐν ὅλῃ ( ἐξ ὅλης ), Mt 22:37, Mk 12:30 (LXX); γινώσκειν ( ἐρευνᾶν, δοκιμάζειν ) τὰς κ., Lk 16:15, Ro 8:27, I Th 2:4; to think, etc., ἐν τ. κ., Mt 9:4, Mk 2:6, Lk 12:45, Ro 10:6; συνιέναι ( νοεῖν ) τῇ κ., Mt 13:15, Jo 12:40; ἐπαχύνθη ἡ κ., Mt 13:15 (LXX); πωροῦν τὴν κ., Jo 12:40; κ. εὐθεῖα, Ac 8:21; πονηρά, He 3:12; ἀμετανόητος, Ro 2:5; εἶναι ( ἔχειν ) ἐν τῇ κ., II Co 7:3, Phl 1:7; ὀδύνη τῇ κ., Ro 9:2. Of the central or innermost part of anything (of the pith of wood, Arist.): τ. γῆς, Mt 12:40 (Cremer, 343 ff.).Scroll for more

← Back to Isaiah 43:25

← Back to Matthew 9:6

Mark 2:7

7Why doth this man thus speak he blasphemeth who can forgive sins but one even God

Word By Word, In Greek Order1Why | 2this man | 3thus | 4doth … speak | 5he blasphemeth | 6who | 7can | 8forgive | 9sins | 10but | 11but | 12one | 13— | 14God

Related verses (12)

Why

this man

thus

doth … speak

he blasphemeth

who

can

forgive

sins

but

one

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Τίtee

οὗτοςHOO-tohs

οὕτωςHOO-tohs

λαλεῖlah-LAY

βλασφημεῖblah-sfay-MAY

τίςtees

δύναταιDOO-nah-tai

ἀφιέναιah-fee-EH-nai

ἁμαρτίαςhah-mahr-TEE-ahs

εἰay

μὴmay

εἷςhays

ὁhoh

θεόςtheh-OHS

The Pieces

ΤίGreek interrogative pronoun

οὗτοςGreek demonstrative pronoun

οὕτωςGreek adverb

λαλεῖGreek verb

βλασφημεῖGreek verb

τίςGreek interrogative pronoun

δύναταιGreek verb

ἀφιέναιGreek verb

ἁμαρτίαςGreek noun, feminine

εἰGreek conditional

μὴGreek negative particle

εἷςGreek adjective

ὁGreek article

θεός

What It Can Mean

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

this/he/she/itThis; he, she, it.οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

thusThus, so, in this manner.οὕτως, rarely (Bl., § 5, 4; WH, App., 146 f.) οὕτω, adv. (< οὗτος ), [in LXX chiefly for כֵּן;] in this way, so, thus; referring to what precedes: Mt 5:16 6:30, Mk 10:43 14:59, Lk 1:25 2:48 15:7, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:15, I Co 8:12, al.; οὕτως καί, Mt 17:12, Mk 13:29, al.; pleonastically, resuming a ptcp. (cl.; v. Bl., § 74, 6), Ac 20:11 27:17. Referring to what follows: Mt 1:18 6:9, Lk 19:31, Jo 21:1, I Pe 2:15; bef. quotations from OT, Mt 2:5, Ac 7:6, I Co 15:45, He 4:4. C. adj. (marking intensity): He 12:21, Re 16:18; similarly c. adv., Ga 1:6 (cl.). As a predicate (Bl., § 76, 1): Mt 1:18 9:33, Mk 2:1, 2 4:26, Ro 4:18 9:20, I Pe 2:15; οὕ ἔχειν (Lat. sic or ita se habere ), Ac 7:1, al.; ἐκαθέζετο (as he was, without delay or preparation), Jo 4:6. In comparison, with correlative adv.: καθάπερ... οὕ., Ro 12:4, 5 al.; καθὼς... οὕ., Lk 11:30, al.; οὕ.... καθώς, Lk 24:24, al.; ὡς... οὕ., Ro 5:15, al.; οὕ... ὡς, Mk 4:26, al; ὥσπερ... οὕ., Mt 12:40, al.; οὕ.... οὕ., I Co 7:7.Scroll for more

to blasphemeI speak evil against, blaspheme, use abusive or scurrilous language about (God or men).βλασφημέω, -ῶ (< βλάσφημος ), [in LXX: IV Ki 19:4 ( יכח hi.) ib. 6, 22 ( גּדף pi.), Is 52:5 ( נאץ hith.), Da LXX 3:29 (96) ( אמר שׁלח ), To 1:18, Da TH Bel 9, II Mac 2 *;] to speak lightly or profanely of sacred things (in cl., opp. of εὐφημέω ), esp. to speak impiously of God, to blaspheme, speak blasphemously: absol., Mt 9:3 26:65, Mk 2:7, Jo 10:36, Ac 26:11, I Ti 1:20, II Pe 2:12; τ. θεόν, Ac 19:37, Re 16:11, 21; τὸ ὄνομα τ. θεοῦ, Re 13:6 16:9; δόξας, Ju 3, II Pe 2:10; εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Mk 3:29, Lk 12:10. to revile, rail at, slander: absol., Lk 22:65, Ac 13:45 18:6, I Pe 4:4; c. acc., Mt 27:39, Mk 3:28 15:29, Lk 23:39, Tit 3:2, Ja 2:7, Ju 10. Pass.: Ro 2:24 3:8 14:16, I Co 10:30, I Ti 6:1, Tit 2:5, II Pe 2:2 (Cremer, 570).†Scroll for more

ifIf.εἰ, conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions. Conditional, if; c. indic., expressing a general assumption; pres.: seq. indic, pres., Mt 11:14, Ro 8:25, al.; seq. imperat., Mk 4:23 9:22, Jo 15:18, I Co 7:9, al.; seq. fut. indic., Lk 16:31, Ro 8:11, al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 12:26, Ro 4:14, al.; similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17:6, Jo 8:39; seq. quæst., Mt 6:23, Jo 5:47 7:23 8:46, I Pe 2:20; fut.: Mt 26:33, I Pe 2:20; pf.: Jo 11:12, Ro 6:5, al.; aor.: Lk 16:11 19:8, Jo 13:32, 18:23, Re 20:15, al. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mt 12:28, Jo 7:4, Ro 5:17, al. Of an unfulfilled condition, c. indic, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. ἄν, c. imp. or aor. (v.s. ἄν, I, i). C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mk 15:44, I Jo 3:13, al. C. indic., as in LXX ( Nu 14:3o, I Ki 14:45, al. = Heb. אִם ), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mk 8:12, He 3:11 (LXX) 4:3 (LXX). Rarely (cl.) c. optat., to express a merely possible condition: Ac 24:19 27:39, I Co 14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17. Interrogative, if, whether. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: c. indic. pres., Mt 26:63, Mk 15:36, Ac 19:2, II Co 13:5, al.; fut., Mk 3:2, Ac 8:22, al.; aor., Mk 15:44, I Co 1:16, al.; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Phl 3:12. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Ge 17:17, al.; v. WM, 639 f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mk 8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Lk 13:23, 22:49, Ac 19:2, al. With other particles. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, v.s. ἄρα, γε. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Lk 11:18; but even if, I Co 4:7, II Co 4:3 11:16. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 2:21, 22, Jo 14:2, Re 2:5, al. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mk 14:29, Lk 11:8, I Co 7:21, II Co 4:16, Phl 2:17, al. καὶ εἰ, even if, v.s. καί εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mt 24:22, Mk 2:26 6:5, Jo 9:33, I Co 7:17 ( only ), Ga 1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; v. Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), I Co 14:5 15:2, I Ti 5:19. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely ( Ez 33:27, al.): He 6:14. εἴ πως, if haply: Ac 27:12, Ro 1:10. εἴτε... εἴτε, whether... or: Ro 12:6-8, I Co 3:22 13:8, al.Scroll for more

oneOne.εἷς, μιά, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός, cardinal numeral, one; one, as opp. to many: Mt 25:15, Ro 5:12, I Co 10:8, al.; as subst., Ro 5:15, Eph 2:14; id. c. gen. partit., Mt 5:19, al.; seq. ἐκ ( ἐξ ), Mk 14:18, Jo 6:8, al.; metaph., of union and concord, Jo 10:30 17:11, Ro 12:4, 5, Phl 1:27; ἀπὸ μιᾶς (B1., § 44, 1), Lk 14:18; c. neg., εἷς... οὐ ( μή ), more emphatic than οὐδείς, no one, none (cl.), Mt 5:18 10:29, Lk 11:46 12:6. Emphatically, to the exclusion of others; a single (one): Mt 21:24, Mk 8:14; absol., I Co 9:24, al.; οὐδὲ εἷς, Mt 27:14, Jo 1:3, Ro 3:10, al.; one, alone: Mk 2:7 10:18, Lk 18:19; one and the same: Ro 3:30, I Co 3:8 11:5 12:11, I Jn 5:8. In late Gk., with weakened force, = τις or indef. art. (of. Heb. אֶחָד, Ge 22:13, al.; v. B1., § 45, 2; M, Pr., 96 f.): Mt 8:19 19:6, Re 8:13, al.; εἷς τις (Bl., l.c.), Lk 22:50, Jo 11:49 Distributively: εἷς καστος (cl.), Lk 4:40, Ac 2:6, al.; εἷς... καὶ εἷς (cl., εἷς μὲν... εἷς δέ ), Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 20:12, al. (cf. LXX and use of Heb. אֶחָד, Ex 17:12, al); ὁ εἷς... ὁ ἕτερος ( ἄλλος ) = cl. ὁ μὲν ( ἕτερος )... ὁ δέ ( ἕτερος ), Mt 6:24, Lk 7:41, Re 17:10; καθ’ εἷς, εἷς κ. είς (in which καθ’ is adverbial, or the expression formed from the analogy of ἕν καθ’ ἔν; M, Pr., 105), one by one, severally: Mk 14:19, Ro 12:5, al.; εἷς τὸν ἕνα = ἀλλήλους (B1., 45, 2; M, Pr., 246), I Th 5:11. As ordinal = πρῶτος (like Heb. אֶחָד; Bl., § 45, 1; M, Pr., 95 f.), first: Mt 28:1, Mk 16:2, al.Scroll for more

God(a) God, (b) a god, generally.θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ ( Ac 19:37 only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ ( Mt 27:46; cf. De 3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc.;] a god or deity, God. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28:6, I Co 8:4, II Th 2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Ga 4:8, al. Of the one true God; anarthrous: Mt 6:24, Lk 20:38, al.; esp. c. prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ., Jo 3:2; ἐκ, Ac 5:39, II Co 5:1, Phl 3:9; ὑπό, Ro 13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jo 1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, II Th 1:6, I Pe 2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Ro 8:27, II Co 7:9, 10; also when in gen. dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl., §46, 6), Mt 27:43, Lk 3:2, Ro 1:17, I Th 2:13; as pred., Lk 20:38, Jo 1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Ac 5:29, Ga 2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); more freq., c. art.: Mt 1:23, Mk 2:7, al. mult.; c. prep., ἀπὸ τ. θ., Lk 1:26; ἐκ, Jo 8:42, al.; παρὰ τοῦ θ., Jo 8:40; π. τῷ θ., Ro 9:14; ἐν, Col 3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ., Lk 1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ., Ac 15:19; εἰς τ. θ., Ac 24:15; πρὸς τ. θ., Jo 1:2; c. gen. pers., Mt 22:32, Mk 12:26, 27, Lk 20:37, Jo 20:17, al.; ὁ θ. μου, Ro 1:8, Phi 1:3, al.; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ., Ro 15:6, Eph 1:3, Phi 4:20, al.; c. gen. rei, Ro 15:5, 13, 33, II Co 1:3, I Th 5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mt 16:23, Mk 12:17, I Co 2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ., Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 3:3 ), Ac 7:20, II Co 10:4; Hebraistically, of judges ( Ps 81(82):6 ), Jo 10:34 (LXX), 35.Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 18:15

← Back to Ezekiel 11:5

← Back to Matthew 9:4

← Back to Matthew 12:25

← Back to Matthew 22:18

← Back to Mark 8:17

← Back to Mark 9:33

← Back to John 2:24

Mark 2:8

8And straightway Jesus perceiving in his spirit that they so reasoned within themselves saith unto them Why reason ye these things in your hearts

Related verses (19)

And

straightway

perceiving

The ASV does not translate this word.

Jesus

The ASV does not translate this word.

in … spirit

his

that

they … reasoned

within

themselves

saith

unto them

Why

these things

reason ye

The ASV does not translate this word.

hearts

your

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

καὶkai

εὐθὺςyoo-THOOS

ἐπιγνοὺςeh-pee-GNOOS

ὁhoh

Ἰησοῦςee-ay-SOOS

τῷtoh

πνεύματιPNYOO-mah-tee

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ὅτιHOH-tee

οὕτωςHOO-tohs

διαλογίζονταιdee-ah-loh-GEE-zohn-tai

ἐνen

ἑαυτοῖςheh-ow-TOYS

λέγειLEH-gay

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

Τίtee

ταῦταTOW-tah

διαλογίζεσθεdee-ah-loh-GEE-zeh-stheh

ἐνen

ταῖςtais

καρδίαιςkahr-DEE-ais

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

εὐθὺςGreek adjective

ἐπιγνοὺςGreek verb

ὁGreek article

Ἰησοῦςname of a person

τῷGreek article

πνεύματιGreek noun, neuter

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ὅτιGreek conjunction

οὕτωςGreek adverb

διαλογίζονταιGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ἑαυτοῖςGreek reflexive pronoun

λέγειGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ΤίGreek interrogative pronoun

ταῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

διαλογίζεσθεGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ταῖςGreek article

καρδίαιςGreek noun, feminine

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

StraightAdj: (a) straight of direction, as opposed to crooked, (b) upright; adv: immediately.

to come to knowI come to know by directing my attention to him or it, I perceive, discern, recognize; aor: I found out.ἐπι-γινώσκω [in LXX chiefly for נָכַר: hi., also for יָדַע, etc.;] "directive" of γινώσκω (AR, Eph., 249), as in cl.; to observe, perceive, discern, recognize; absol.: Ac 25:10, I Co 13:12; seq. ὅτι, Lk 1:22; τ. πνεύματι, seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:8; c. acc rei: Lk 1:4 5:22, Ac 12:14 27:39, Ro 1:32, II Co 1:13, Col 1:6, I Ti 4:3; ἐν ἐαυτῷ, Mk 5:30; seq. ὅτι, I Co 14:37; c. acc pers.: Mt 11:27 14:35 17:12, Mk 6:33 (T, αὐτούς, but LTr., WH, R, omit the pron., and LTr., WH, txt., read ἔγνωσαν ), ib. 54, Lk 24:16, 31, I Co 16:18, II Co 1:14; seq. ἀπό, c. gen. rei, Mt 7:16, 20; seq. ὅτι, Ac 3:10 4:13, II Co 13:5; pass., I Co 13:12; opp. to ἀγνοούμενοι, II Co 6:9. to discover, ascertain, determine: Ac 9:30; seq. ὅτι, Lk 7:37 23:7, Ac 19:34 22:29 24:11 28:1; c. acc rei, seq. quæst., Ac 23:28; δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν, Ac 22:24; παρά, c. gen. pers., seq. περί, c. gen. rei, Ac 24:8; τ. ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, II Pe 2:21 (cf. Lft., Col., 136; Cremer, 159; M, Pr., 113; AR, Eph., 248 ff.).†Scroll for more

spirit/breath: spiritWind, breath, spirit.πνεῦμα, -τος, τό, (< πνέω ), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for רוּחַ;] of air in motion; wind: Jo 3:8; pl., He 1:7 (LXX); breath: π. ζωῆς, Re 11:11; π. τοῦ στόματος, fig., II Th 2:8 (cf. Ps 32 (33):6 ). Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.): Lk 8:55, Jo 19:30, Ac 7:59, al.; opp. to σάρξ, Mt 26:41, Mk 14:38, I Co 5:5, al.; to σῶμα, Ro 8:10, I Co 6:17 7:34, I Pe 4:6; to ψυχή, Phl 1:27, He 4:12; τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ. καὶ τ. σῶμα, I Th 5:23 (M, Th., in l.); dat., τῷ π., in spirit, Mk 2:8 8:12, Jo 11:33 13:21, Ac 18:25, Ro 12:11, I Co 7:34, I Pe 3:18, al.; of the human spirit of Christ, Ro 1:4, I Ti 3:16. spirit, i.e. frame of mind, disposition, influence: Lk 1:17, Ro 8:15, I Co 4:21, Gal 6:1, Eph 2:2, II Ti 1:7, I Jo 4:6, al. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Lk 24:37, 39, Ac 23:8; π. ὁ θεός, God is spirit, Jo 4:24; πατὴρ τῶν π., He 12:9; of disembodied human beings, He 12:23, I Pe 3:19 ( ICC, in l.; DB, iii, 795); of angels. He 1:14; of demons or evil spirits, Mt 8:16, Mk 9:20, Lk 9:39, al.; π. πύθωνα, Ac 16:16; πνεύματα δαιμονίων, Re 16:14; π. δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου, Lk 4:33; π. ἀσθενείας (Bl., § 35, 5), Lk 13:11; π. ἀκάθαρτον, Mt 10:1, Mk 1:23, Lk 4:36, Ac 5:16; π. ἄλαλον ( καὶ κωφόν ), Mk 9:17, 25; πονηρόν, Lk 7:21, Ac 19:12, al. Of the Holy Spirit, π. ἅγιον, τὸ ἅ. π., τὸ π. τὸ ἅ., τὸ π., π. (the article as a rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation, influence or gift of the Spirit; v. WM, 151 5; Bl., § 46, 7): anarth., Mt 1:18 3:11, 16 4:1, Mk 1:8 (Swete, in l.), Mk 1:10, Lk 1:15, Jo 7:39, Ac 19:2, Ro 5:5, I Co 2:4, al.; c. art., Mt 4:1 12:31, 32, Mk 1:10 3:29, Lk 2:26, Jo 7:36 14:26, Ac 4:31 5:3, Ro 8:16, al.; ( τὸ ) π. ( τοῦ ) θεοῦ, Mt 3:16, Ro 8:9, Eph 3:16, I Jo 4:2, al.; τὸ π. τ. πατρός, Mt 10:20; π. θεοῦ ζῶντος, II Co 3:3; ( τὸ ) π. τοῦ κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 5:9 8:39; τὸ π. Ἰησοῦ, Ac 16:7; Χριστοῦ, Ro 8:9; Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Phl 1:19; τὸ π. τ. ἀληθείας, Jo 15:26 16:13, I Jo 4:6; λείγει ( μαρτυρεῖ ) τὸ π. ( τὸ ἅγιον ), Ac 21:11 28:25, I Ti 4:1, He 3:7 10:15, Re 14:13; seq. τ. ἐκκλησίαις, Re 2:7, 11, 17, 29, 3:6, 13, 22; ἐν τ. π., Lk 2:27; κατὰ πνεῦμα, Ro 8:4, 5; ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ π., Jo 3:5; διὰ πνεύματος αἰωνίου, He 9:14; ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος, II Th 2:18, I Pe 1:2; ἓν π., I Co 12:13, Eph 2:18 4:4; ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ π. ἐστιν, II Co 3:17; of that which is effected or governed by the Spirit, opp. to γράμμα, Ro 2:29 7:6, II Co 3:6. SYN.: νοῦς, which in NT is contrasted with π. as "the action of the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic impulse" ( DB, iv, 612); ψυχή —the usual term in cl. psychology—in NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, π. expresses man as drawing his life from God" ( DB, 1-vol., 872).Scroll for more

themselfHimself, herself, itself.ἑαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, dat. -ῷ, etc., acc. -όν, etc., pi. -ῶν, etc. (Att. contr. αὑτοῦ, etc); reflex pron.; prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se ), of himself, herself, itself, etc.: Mt 27:42, Mk 15:31, Lk 23:35, al.; added to a middle verb, διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς, Jo 19:24; to an active verb, Ac 14:14 (M, Pr., 157); ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ, Lk 12:57 21:30, Jo 5:19, al. (v.s. ἀπό ); δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, Ro 14:14; ἐν ἑ., Mt 3:9, Mk 5:30, al.; εἰς ἑ., Lk 15:17; καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ja 2:17; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at his own house, I Co 16:2; πρὸς ἑ., with, to himself, Lk 18:11; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened; v. M, Pr., 87f.), τ. ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, Lk 9:60. As reflexive 1st and 2nd pers. (so also freq. in cl., chiefly poetry), Mt 23:31, Mk 9:50, Ro 8:23, I Th 2:8, al. In pl., for reciprocal pron., ἀλλήλων, -οις, -ους, of one another, etc.: Mt 21:38, Mk 16:3, Eph 5:19, al.Scroll for more

thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

of youσύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 9:5

← Back to Mark 2:5

← Back to Luke 5:23

← Back to John 5:11

Mark 2:9

9Which is easier to say to the sick of the palsy Thy sins are forgiven or to say Arise and take up thy bed and walk

Word By Word, In Greek Order1Which | 2is | 3easier | 4to say | 5to the | 6sick of the palsy | 7are forgiven | 8Thy | 9— | 10sins | 11or | 12to say | 13Arise | 14and | 15take up | 16— | 17bed | 18thy | 19and | 20walk

Related verses (2)

Matthew 9:5 | Luke 5:22-25

Which

easier

to say

to the

sick of the palsy

are forgiven

Thy

The ASV does not translate this word.

sins

to say

Arise

and

take up

The ASV does not translate this word.

bed

thy

and

walk

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

τίtee

ἐστινeh-steen

εὐκοπώτερονyoo-koh-POH-teh-rohn

εἰπεῖνay-PAYN

τῷtoh

παραλυτικῷpah-rah-loo-tee-KOH

Ἀφίενταίah-FEE-en-tai

σουsoo

αἱhai

ἁμαρτίαιhah-mahr-TEE-ai

ἢay

εἰπεῖνay-PAYN

ἜγειρεEH-gay-reh

καὶkai

ἆρονAH-rohn

τὸνtohn

κράβαττόνKRAH-bah-tohn

σουsoo

καὶkai

περιπάτειpeh-ree-PAH-tay

The Pieces

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

ἐστινGreek verb

εὐκοπώτερονGreek adjective

εἰπεῖνGreek verb

τῷGreek article

παραλυτικῷGreek adjective

ἈφίενταίGreek verb

σουGreek pronoun

αἱGreek article

ἁμαρτίαιGreek noun, feminine

ἢGreek conjunction

εἰπεῖνGreek verb

ἜγειρεGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἆρονGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

κράβαττόνGreek noun, masculine

σουGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

περιπάτειGreek verb

What It Can Mean

easyEasier.**† εὔ-κοπος, -ον [in LXX: Si 22:15, I Mac 3:18 *;] with easy labour, easy: compar., -ώτερόν ἐστι, c. inf., Mt 9:5, Mk 2:9, Lk 5:23; c. acc et inf., Mt 19:24, Mk 10:25, Lk 16:17 18:25 (Polyb.; the adv. -ως occurs in Aristoph., Fr., 615).†Scroll for more

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

paralyticAfflicted with paralysis.*† παρα-λυτικός, -ή, -όν (< παραλύω ), paralytic: Mt 4:24 8:6 9:2, 6, Mk 2:3-5, 9, 10, Lk 5:24 (Rec., WH, mg.).†Scroll for more

orOr, than.ἤ, disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11); disjunctive, or; between single words: Mt 5:17, Mk 6:56, Lk 2:24, Jo 6:19, Ro 1:21, al.; before a sentence expressing a variation, denial or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form: Mt 7:4, 9, Mk 12:14, Lk 13:4, Ro 3:29 6:3 9:21, I Co 6:9, 16 9:6, II Co 11:7; ἢ... ἤ, either... or, Mt 6:24, Lk 16:13, I Co 14:6; in a disjunctive question (as Lat. an after utrum ): Mt 9:5, Mk 2:9, Lk 7:19, al.; after πότερον, Jo 7:17; μή, I Co 9:8; μήτι, II Co 1:17; ἢ... ἢ... ἤ, Mk 13:35. Comparative, than: after comparatives, Mt 10:15, Lk 9:13, Jo 3:19, Ro 13:11, al.; after ἕτερον, Ac 17:21; θέλω (Khüner 3, ɪᴠ, 303), I Co 14:19; πρὶν ἤ, before, seq. acc. et inf., Mt 1:18, Mk 14:30; after a positive adj. ( Ge 49:12; cf. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mt 18:8, 9, Mk 9:43, 45, 47. With other particles: ἀλλ’ ἤ, v.s. ἀλλά; ἢ γάρ, v.s. γάρ; ἢ καί, or even, or also, Mt 7:10, Lk 11:11, 12, Ro 2:15 4:9, al.; ἤτοι... ἤ, Ro 6:16 (cf. Wi 11:19 ).Scroll for more

to arise(a) I wake, arouse, (b) I raise up.ἐγείρω, [in LXX for קוּם, etc.;] trans. (imperat. ἔγειρε used intransitively, Mt 9:5, Mk 2:11, al.); to awaken, arouse from sleep: Mk 4:38, Ac 12:7; metaph., of spiritual awakening, Ro 13:11 (pass.), Eph 5:14; pass., to be aroused, wake up: Mt 25:7, Mk 4:27; ἀπὸ τ. ὕπνου, Mt 1:24. Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead: νεκρούς, Jo 5:21, Ac 26:8, II Co 1:9; ἐκ νεκρῶν, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, Ro 8:11, al.; pass., rise from death: Mt 11:5, Lk 7:22, Jo 2:22, Ro 6:9, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νεκρῶν, Mt 14:2, al. In late Gk., to raise, from sitting, lying, sickness; mid. and pass., to rise: Mt 9:5, 7, Mk 1:31 9:27 10:49, al.; redundant, like Heb. קוּם, Mt 2:15 9:19, Re 11:1 (v. Dalman, 23f.); to raise up, cause to appear: Ac 13:22 (cf. Jg 2:18 ); τέκνα, Mt 3:9; pass., to appear: Mt 11:11, Mk 13:22, al. to rouse, stir up; pass., to rise against: Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8. Of buildings, to raise: τ. ναόν, Jo 2:19, 20 (cf. De 16:22, Si 49:13 ); (cf. δι-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, συν-εγείρω, and V. Cremer, 224).Scroll for more

to walkI walk, hence Hebraistically (in an ethical sense): I conduct my life, live.περι-πατέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ pi., hith.;] to walk: absol., Mt 9:5, Mk 5:42, Lk 5:23, Jo 1:36; c. pred., γυμνός, Re 16:15; ἐπάνω Lk 11:44; διά, c. gen., Re 21:24; ἐν, Mk 11:27 12:38, Jo 7:1 11:54, Re 2:1, al.; ἐν τ. σκοτίᾳ, fig., Jo 8:12 12:35, I Jn 1:6, 7 2:11; ἐπί, c. gen., Mt 14:26; id. c. dat., Mt 14:25, 29; μετά, Jo 6:66, Re 3:4; παρά, c. acc., Mt 4:18. Metaph., of living, passing one's life, conducting oneself (like ἀναστρέφομαι in Xen., Plut., LXX, π.; M, Pr., 11; Deiss., BS, 194): ἀκριβῶς, Eph 5:15; ἀτάκτως, II Th 3:6, 11; εὐσχημόνως, Re 13:13, I Th 4:12; ἀξίως, c. gen., Eph 4:1, Col 1:10, I Th 2:12; καθώς ( ὥς ), Eph 4:17 5:8, 15, Phl 3:17, I Th 4:1; οὕτως ὥς, I Co 7:17; seq. nom. qual., Phl 3:18; c. dat., Ac 21:21, Ro 13:13, II Co 12:18, Ga 5:16; seq. ἐν, Ro 6:4, II Co 4:2 5:7 10:3, Eph 2:2, 10 4:17 5:2, Col 3:7 4:5, He 13:9, II Jn 4, 6, al.; ἐν Χριστῷ, Col 2:6; κατά, c. acc., Mk 7:5, Ro 8:4 14:15, I Co 3:3, II Co 10:2, II Jn 6 (cf. ἐν-περιπατέω ).Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 5:31

Mark 2:10

10But that ye may know that the Son of man hath authority on earth to forgive sins he saith to the sick of the palsy

Related verses (6)

that

But

ye may know

that

authority

hath

the

Son

The ASV does not translate this word.

of man

The ASV does not translate this word.

earth

to forgive

sins

he saith

to the

sick of the palsy

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

ἵναHEE-nah

δὲdeh

εἰδῆτεay-DAY-teh

ὅτιHOH-tee

ἐξουσίανeh-ksoo-SEE-ahn

ἔχειEH-chay

ὁhoh

υἱὸςhwee-OHS

τοῦtoo

ἀνθρώπουahn-THROH-poo

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τῆςtays

γῆςgays

ἀφιέναιah-fee-EH-nai

ἁμαρτίαςhah-mahr-TEE-ahs

λέγειLEH-gay

τῷtoh

παραλυτικῷpah-rah-loo-tee-KOH

The Pieces

ἵναGreek conjunction

δὲGreek conjunction

εἰδῆτε

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἐξουσίανGreek noun, feminine

ἔχειGreek verb

ὁGreek article

υἱὸςGreek noun, masculine

τοῦGreek article

ἀνθρώπουGreek noun, masculine

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

γῆς

ἀφιέναιGreek verb

ἁμαρτίαςGreek noun, feminine

λέγειGreek verb

τῷGreek article

παραλυτικῷGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

in order that/toIn order that, so that.ἵνα, adverb (poët., Hom., al.), of place, where, whither. of circumstance, when. Conjunction, prop., final, denoting purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word ( Ac 19:4, Ro 11:31 (?), Ga 2:10, al.); c. optat. (so in cl. after historic tenses): after a pres., Eph 1:17 (but WH, mg., subjc.; v. Burton, § 225, Rem., 2); c. subjc.: after a pres., Mk 4:21, Lk 6:34, Jo 3:15, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:11, al.; after a pf., Mt 1:22, Jo 5:23, I Co 9:22, al.; after an imperat. (pres. or aor.), Mt 7:1, Mk 11:25, Jo 10:38, I Co 7:5, al.; after a delib. subjc., Mk 1:38, al.; after a fut., Lk 16:4, Jo 14:3, I Co 15:28, al.; after historic tenses (where optat. in cl.; WM, 359 f.; M, Pr., 196 f.), Mk 6:41 (impf.), Jo 4:8 (plpf.), Mk 3:14 (aor.), al.; in late writers (M, Pr., 35; Burton, §§ 198, 199), c. indic. fut: Lk 20:10, I Pe 3:1, al.; as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, s.v.), c. indic. pres.: I Co 4:6, Ga 4:17, al. (?; but v. Burton, § 198, Rem.); εἰς (διὰ) τοῦτο, ἵνα: Jo 18:37, I Ti 1:16, al.; τούτου χάριν, Tit 1:5; elliptical constructions: omission of the principal verb, Jo 1:8, II Th 3:9, I Jo 2:19, al.; of the final verb, Ro 4:16, II Co 8:13, al. In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420; Bl., § 69, 1), that; after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc.: θέλω, Mt 7:12, al.; ζητῶ, I Co 4:2 14:12; ζηλόω, I Co 14:1, al.; after verbs of saying, asking, exhorting: εἰπεῖν, Mt 4:3, al.; ἐρωτῶ, Mk 7:26, al.; παρακαλῶ, Mt 14:36, I Co 1:10, al., etc.; after words expressing expediency, etc.: συμφέρει, Mt 18:6, Jo 11:50, al.; ἱκανός, Mt 8:8, Lk 7:6; χρείαν ἔχω, Jo 2:25, al, etc.; after substantives, adding further definition: ὥρα, Jo 12:23 13:1; χρόνος, Re 2:21; συνήθεια, Jo 18:39; μισθός, I Co 9:18. In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = ὥστε, that, so that (M, Pr., 206 ff.; WM, 572; Bl., § 69, 3; Burton, § 223): Ro 11:11, I Co 7:29, I Th 5:4, al. (but v. Thayer, s.v.); so with the formula referring to the fulfilment of prophecy, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Mt 1:22 2:14 4:14, Jo 13:18, al.Scroll for more

to perceiveI know, remember, appreciate.οἶδα, (from same root as εἶδον, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for ידע;] pf. with pres. meaning (plpf. as impf.; on irregular tense-forms, v. App.), to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge of: c. acc. rei, Mt 25:13, Mk 10:19, Jo 10:4, Ro 7:7, al.; c. acc. pers., Mt 26:72, Jo 1:31, Ac 3:16, al.; τ. θεόν, I Th 4:5, Tit 1:16, al.; c. acc. et inf., Lk 4:41, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mt 9:6, Lk 20:21, Jo 3:2, Ro 2:2 11:2, al.; seq. quaest. indir., Mt 26:70, Jo 9:21, Eph 1:18, al.; c. inf., to know how (cl.), Mt 7:11, Lk 11:13, Phl 4:12, I Th 4:4, al.; in unique sense of respect, appreciate: I Th 5:12 (but v. also ICC on I Th 4:4 ). SYN.: v.s. γινώσκω.Scroll for more

authority(a) power, authority, weight, especially: moral authority, influence, (b) in a quasi-personal sense, derived from later Judaism, of a spiritual power, and hence of an earthly power.ἐξουσία, -ας, ἡ (< ἔξεστι ), [in LXX: IV Ki 20:13, Ps 113 (114):2 135 (136)8, 9, Is 39:2, Je 28 (51):28 ( מֶמְשָׁלָה ), freq. in Da for Aram. שָׁלְטָן, etc., Wi 10:14, Si 9:13, al.;] prop., liberty or power to act, freedom to exercise the inward force or faculty expressed by δύναμις (q.v.): I Co 9:12; ἐ. ἔχειν, II Th 3:9; id. seq. inf., Jo 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5; c. gen. obj., Ro 9:21; seq. ἐπί, c. acc., Re 22:14; περί, I Co 7:37. Later (cf. Milligan, Th., 114; MM, Exp., xiv), of the power of right, authority: Mt 21:33, Mk 11:28, Lk 20:2; of Messianic authority, Mt 9:6, Mk 2:10, al.; of apostolic authority, II Co 10:8 13:10; of the authority of government: Mt 8:9 28:18, Ju 25, Re 12:10, al.; esp. of judicial authority, Lk 20:20, Jo 19:10, 11. Meton., jurisdiction: Lk 23:7 (cf. I Mac 6:11, Is 39:2 ); a ruler or magistrate: Ro 13:1-3; pl., Lk 12:11, Ro 13:1, Tit 3:1; of supramundane powers (syn. with ἀρχή, δύναμις, θρόνος, κυριότης ): I Co 15:24, Eph 1:21 3:10, Col 2:10, I Pe 3:22, al. (Cremer. 236). SYN.: v.s. δύναμις.Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

sonA son, descendent.υἱός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX very freq. and nearly always for בֵּן, Ge 4:17, al.; for בַּר, Da LXX TH 7:13, al.; etc.;], a son; in the ordinary sense: Mt 10:37, Mk 9:17, Lk 1:13, al. mult.; omitted with the art. of origin (WM, § 30, 3; Bl., §35, 2), τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, Ac 13:22 (LXX); also c. gen. anarth. (cl.), Σώπατρος Πύρρου Βεροιαῖος, Ac 20:4; c. adj., προτότοκος, Lk 2:7; μονογένης, Lk 7:12; opp. to νόθος, He 12:8; in a wider sense, of posterity: ὁ υἱ. Δαυΐδ, of the Messiah (cf. Dalman, Words, 316 ff.; DCG, ii, 653f.), Mt 22:42, 45 Mk 12:35, 37 Lk 20:41, 44 al.; υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, (cf. υἷες Ἀχαιῶν, Hom., Il., i, 162, al.), Mt 27:9, Ac 9:15, al. Metaph.; as belonging to, being connected with or having the quality of that which follows (a usage mainly due to translation from a Semitic original; cf. Deiss., BS, 161ff.; Dalman, Words, 115 f.; DCG, ii, 652f.): τ. πονμροῦ (διαβόλου), Mt 13:38, Ac 13:10; τ. νυμφῶνος (v.s. νυμφών ), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:19, al.; τ. φωτός (Lft., Notes, 74), Lk 16:8, Jo 12:36, I Th 5:5; τ. εἰρήνης, Lk 10:6; γεέννης, Mt 23:15; τ. ἀπωλείας, Jo 17:12, II Th 2:3; τ. αἰῶνος τούτου, Lk 16:8 20:34; τ. ἀπειθειάς, Eph 2:2 5:6; βροντῆς, Mk 3:17; τ. ἀναστάσεως, Lk 20:36; παρακλήσεως, Ac 4:36; τ. προφητῶν κ. τ. διαθήκης, Ac 3:25; υἱὸς τ. θεοῦ (cf. Dalman, Words, 268 ff.; Deiss., BS, 166 f.; DB, iv, 570 ff.; DCG, ii, 654 ff.), of men, as partakers of the Divine nature and of the life to come: Mt 5:9, Lk 20:36, Ro 8:14 9:26, al.; υἱοὶ (κ. θυγατέρες) τ. ὑψίστου, Lk 6:35, II Co 6:18; in an unique sense of Jesus, Mt 4:3 8:29 28:19, Mk 3:4, Lk 4:41, Jo 9:35 11:27, al.; ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱ. τ. θεοῦ ζῶντος (τ. εὐλογητοῦ), Mt 16:16, Mk 14:61; (ὁ) υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (in LXX for Heb. בּן אדם, Aram, בּר אנשׁ; cf. Dalman, Words, 234 ff.; DB, iv, 579 ff.; DCG, ii, 659 ff.; Westc., St. John, i, 74 ff.; other reff. in Swete, Mk, 2:10 ), based on the Aram. of Da 7:13, where the phrase, like the corresponding Heb. (as in Ps 8:5 ), means a man, one of the species, and indicates the human appearance of the person in question. It is used of the Messiah in Enoch, c. 46, §1-4, also in II Es 13:3, 12, al. Our Lord first makes the phrase a title, using the def. art. It seems to combine the ideas of his true humanity and representative character. Exc. in Ac 7:56 and (anarth.) Re 1:13 14:14, it is used of Jesus only by himself: Mt 8:20, Mk 2:10, Lk 5:24, Jo 1:52, al.Scroll for more

a humanA man, one of the human race.ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אָדָם, אִישׁ, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc.;] man: generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo ): Jo 16:21; c. art., Mt 4:4 12:35, Mk 2:27, Jo 2:25, Ro 7:1, al; disting. from God, Mt 19:6, Jo 10:33, Col 3:23, al.; from animals, etc., Mt 4:19, Lk 5:10, Re 9:4, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, I Co 3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων, I Co 2:5; ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαι, I Pe 4:2; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖν, I Co 3:3; κατὰ ἄ. λέγειν ( λαλεῖν ), Ro 3:5, I Co 9:8; κατὰ ἄ- λέγειν, Ga 3:15 (cf. I Co 15:32, Ga 1:11 ); by meton., of man's nature or condition, ὁ ἔσω ( ἔξω ) ἄ., Ro 7:22, Eph 3:16, II Co 4:16 (cf. I Pe 3:4 ); ὁ παλαιὸς, καινὸς, νέος ἄ., Ro 6:6, Eph 2:15 4:22, 24, Col 3:9, 10; joined with another subst., ἄ. ἔμπορος, a merchant, Mt 13:45 (WH, txt. om. ἄ. ); οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 13:52; βασιλεύς, 18:23; φάγος, 11:19; with name of nation, Κυρηναῖος, Mt 27:32; Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 21:39; Ῥωμαῖος, Ac 16:37; pl. οἱ ἄ., men, people: Mt 5:13, 16, Mk 8:24, Jo 4:28; οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων, Mk 11:2, I Ti 6:16. Indef., ἄ. = τις, some one, a man: Mt 17:14, Mk 12:1, al.; τις ἄ., Mt 18:12, Jo 5:5, al.; indef. one (Fr. on ), Ro 3:28, Ga 2:16, al.; opp. to women, servants, etc., Mt 10:36 19:10, Jo 7:22, 23. Definitely, c. art., of some particular person; Mt 12:13, Mk 3:5, al.; οὗτος ὁ ἄ., Lk 14:30; ὁ ἄ οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, Mk 14:71, Mt 12:45; ὁ ἄ. τ. ἀνομίας, II Th 2:3; ἄ τ. θεοῦ (of Heb. אֱלֹהִים אִישׁ ), I Ti 6:11, II Ti 3:17, II Pe 1:21; ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ., v.s. υἱός. SYN.: ἀνήρ, q.v. (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635).Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

earthThe earth, soil, land, region, country, inhabitants of a region.γῆ, γῆς, ἡ, [in LXX for אֶרֶץ, אֲדָמָה, etc.;] the earth, world: Lk 21:35, Ac 1:8, He 11:13, Re 3:10, al.; opp. to οὐρανός, Mt 5:18 11:25, Mk 13:27, al. land; opp. to sea or water: Mk 4:1, Lk 5:3, Jo 6:21, al.; as subject to cultivation: Mt 13:5, Mk 4:8, Lk 13:7, He 6:7, al.; the ground: Mt 10:29, Mk 8:6, Lk 24:5, Jo 8:6, al.; a region, country: Lk 4:25, Ro 9:28, Ja 5:17; γῆ Ἰσραήλ, Mt 2:20, 21; Χαλδαίων, Ac 7:4; ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ, Jo 3:22; c. gen. pers., Ac 7:3.Scroll for more

paralyticAfflicted with paralysis.*† παρα-λυτικός, -ή, -όν (< παραλύω ), paralytic: Mt 4:24 8:6 9:2, 6, Mk 2:3-5, 9, 10, Lk 5:24 (Rec., WH, mg.).†Scroll for more

← Back to John 5:8

← Back to Acts 3:9

Mark 2:11

11I say unto thee Arise take up thy bed and go unto thy house

Word By Word, In Greek Order1unto thee | 2I say | 3Arise | 4take up | 5— | 6bed | 7thy | 8and | 9go | 10unto | 11— | 12house | 13thy

Related verses (3)

Mark 1:41 | John 5:8-10 | John 6:63

unto thee

I say

Arise

take up

The ASV does not translate this word.

bed

thy

and

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

house

thy

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Σοὶsoy

λέγωLEH-goh

ἔγειρεEH-gay-reh

ἆρονAH-rohn

τὸνtohn

κράβαττόνKRAH-bah-tohn

σουsoo

καὶkai

ὕπαγεHOO-pah-geh

εἰςays

τὸνtohn

οἶκόνOY-kohn

σουsoo

The Pieces

ΣοὶGreek pronoun

λέγωGreek verb

ἔγειρεGreek verb

ἆρονGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

κράβαττόνGreek noun, masculine

σουGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ὕπαγεGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

οἶκόνGreek noun, masculine

σουGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to goI go away, depart, begone, die.ὑπ-άγω [in LXX: Ex 14:21 ( הָלַךְ hi.), elsewhere only as v.l., To 8:21, al.;] a word of the vulgar language, in Pres. and impf. only (Bl., § 53, 1). Trans. to lead or bring under, subdue (Hom., Hdt., al.; Ex, l.c.. to lead on slowly (Hdt., Xen., al.). Intrans., to go slowly away, withdraw oneself, depart (so less freq. in cl.; Thuc., Eur., al.): absol., Mt 8:32 13:44, Mk 6:33, Lk 8:42 17:14, Jo 6:67 8:2 11:44 14:5, 28 18:8; οἱ ἐρχόμενοι κ. οἱ ὑπάγοντες, Mk 6:31; ὑπῆγον κ. ἐπίστευον, Jo 12:11; ἵνα ὑπαγῆτε κ. καρπὸν ψέρητε, Jo 15:16; opp. to ἔρχεσθαι, Jo 3:8 8:14; imperat., ὕπαγε, Mt 4:10 8:13 20:14, Mk 2:9 T, 7:29 10:52; εἰς εἰρήνην ( ἐν εἰ. ), Mk 5:34, Ja 2:16; id. prefixed to another imperat. (Bl., § 79, 4), Mt 5:34 8:4 18:15 19:21 21:28 27:65 28:10, Mk 1:44 10:21 16:7, Jo 4:16 9:7, Re 10:8; with καί inserted, Re 16:1; euphemistically, of death, Mt 26:24, Mk 14:21; c. adv.: ποῦ (q.v.), Jo 12:35 14:5 16:5, I Jn 2:11; ὅπου (q.v.), Jo 8:21, 22 13:33, 36 14:4, Re 14:4; ἐκεῖ, Jo 11:8; c. prep.: πρός, Jo 7:33 13:3 16:5, 10, 17; εἰς, Mt 9:6 20:4, 7, Mk 2:11 11:2 14:13, Lk 19:30, Jo 6:21 7:3 9:11 11:31, Re 13:10 17:8, 11; εἰς... πρός, Mt 26:18, Mk 5:19; ἐπί, Lk 12:58; μετά, Mt 5:41; ὀπίσω, Mt 16:23, Mk 8:33; c. inf., Jo 21:3.†Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 9:8

← Back to Matthew 15:31

Mark 2:12

12And he arose and straightway took up the bed and went forth before them all insomuch that they were all amazed and glorified God saying We never saw it on this fashion

Related verses (12)

And

he arose

and

straightway

took up

the

bed

and went forth

before

them all

insomuch that

were … amazed

they … all

and

glorified

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

saying

The ASV does not translate this word.

on this fashion

never

We … saw it

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

καὶkai

ἠγέρθηay-GEHR-thay

καὶkai

εὐθὺςyoo-THOOS

ἄραςAH-rahs

τὸνtohn

κράβαττονKRAH-bah-tohn

ἐξῆλθενeh-KSAYL-then

ἔμπροσθενEM-proh-sthen

πάντωνPAHN-tohn

ὥστεHOH-steh

ἐξίστασθαιeh-KSEE-stah-sthai

πάνταςPAHN-tahs

καὶkai

δοξάζεινdoh-KSAH-zayn

τὸνtohn

θεὸνtheh-OHN

λέγονταςLEH-gohn-tahs

ὅτιHOH-tee

ΟὕτωςHOO-tohs

οὐδέποτεoo-DEH-poh-teh

εἴδομενAY-doh-men

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἠγέρθηGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

εὐθὺςGreek adjective

ἄραςGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

κράβαττονGreek noun, masculine

ἐξῆλθενGreek verb

ἔμπροσθενGreek preposition

πάντωνGreek adjective

ὥστεGreek conjunction

ἐξίστασθαιGreek verb

πάνταςGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

δοξάζεινGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

θεὸν

λέγονταςGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ΟὕτωςGreek adverb

οὐδέποτεGreek negative adverb

εἴδομεν

What It Can Mean

StraightAdj: (a) straight of direction, as opposed to crooked, (b) upright; adv: immediately.

to go outI go out, come out.ἐξ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for יצא, also for עלה,בֹּוא, etc.;] depon., to go, or come out of: Mt 10:11, Mk 1:35, Jo 13:30, al.; c. inf., Mt 11:8, Mk 3:21, Lk 7:25, 26 Ac 20:8; id. seq. ἐπί, Mt 26:55, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:38; ἵνα, Re 6:2; ἐ. seq. ἐκ (cl. c. gen. loc.), Mk 5:2, Jo 4:30, al.; ἔξω, c. gen., Mt 21:17, Mk 14:68, Ac 16:13, He 13:13; ἀπό, Mk 11:12, Lk 9:5, Phl 4:15; ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 15:21, Mk 6:1, Lk 9:4, al.; of demons expelled, seq. ἐκ (ἀπό), c. gen. pers., Mk 1:25, 26 5:8, Lk 4:35, al.; of prisoners released, Mt 5:26, Ac 16:40; ptcp., ἐξελθών, c. indic., of verb of departure (cf. Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 8:32 15:21 24:1, Mk 16:8, Lk 22:39, Ac 12:9, 17 al. Metaph., of persons: II Co 6:17, I Jo 2:19; of birth or origin, Mt 2:6 (LXX), He 7:5 (cf. Ge 35:11 ); of escape from danger, ἐκ τ. χειρὸς αὐτῶν, Jo 10:39; of public appearance, I Jo 4:1; of things: Mt 24:27; esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations: φωνή, Re 16:17 19:5; φήμη, Mt 9:26, Lk 4:14; ἀκοή, Mk 1:28; λόγος, Jo 21:23; δόγμα, Lk 2:1 (cf. δι-εξέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

beforeIn front, before the face; sometimes made a subst. by the addition of the article: in front of, before the face of.ἔμ-προσθεν adv. of place (in cl. also of time), [in LXX chiefly for עֳנִי;] adverbially, before, in front: Lk 19:28; εἰς τὸ ἔ., Lk 19:4; opp. to ὄπισθεν, Re 4:6; opp. to τὰ ὀπίσω, τὰ ἔ., Phl 3:13. As prep., before; in front of: Mt 5:24 6:2 7:6 11:10 27:29, Lk 5:19 7:27 14:2, Jo 3:28 10:4, Re 19:10 22:8; in the presence of: Mt 27:11, Ga 2:14, I Th 1:3 2:19 3:9 3:13; ὁμολουεῖν, ἀρνεῖσθαι (Dalman, Words, 210), Mt 10:32, 33 26:70, Lk 12:8; in forensic sense, Mt 25:32 27:11, Lk 21:36, Ac 18:17, II Co 5:10, I Th 2:19, I Jn 3:19; εὐδοκία ( θέλημά ) ἐστι ἔ. θεοῦ (a targumic formula; Dalman, Words, 211), Mt 11:26 18:14, Lk 10:21; in the sight of: Mt 5:16 6:1 17:2 23:14, Mk 2:12 9:2, Lk 19:27, Jo 12:37, Ac 10:4; of rank and dignity (Dem., Plat., al.; LXX, Ge 48:20 ): Jo 1:15, 30.†Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

to amaze(lit: I remove from a standing position), (a) in trans. tenses: I astonish, amaze, (b) in intrans. tenses: I am astonished, amazed; I am out of my mind, am mad.† ἐξ-ίστημι (also in Hellenistic -ιστάνω, Act 8:9 ), [in LXX for חרד, etc. (29 words in all);], causal in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to put out of its place; metaph., ἐ. τινά φρενῶν (Eur.), to drive one out of his senses, hence, absol., to confound, amaze: c. acc pers., Lk 24:22, Ac 8:9, 11. Intr. in pass. and mid., also in 2 aor., pf., plpf. act., seq. ἐκ or c. gen., to stand aside from, retire from; esp. τ. φρενῶν, to lose one's senses (Eur.), hence, absol.; to be beside oneself, be mad: Mk 3:21, II Co 5:13 (opp. to σωφρονεῖν ); to be amazed, confounded: Mt 12:23, Mk 2:12 5:42 6:51, Lk 2:47 8:56, Ac 2:7, 12 8:13 9:21 10:45 12:16 (Cremer, 309).†Scroll for more

to glorifyI glorify, honor, bestow glory on.δοξάζω (< δόξα ), [in LXX chiefly for כּבד ni., pi., also for פּאר, etc.;] to think, suppose, hold an opinion (Æsch., Plat., al.). To bestow δόξα (q.v.) on, to magnify, extol, praise (Thuc., iii, 45; Plut., al.): c. acc, Mt 5:16, Mk 2:12, Jo 8:54, Ro 15:6, I Pe 2:12, al.; id. seq. ἐπί Lk 2:20; ἐν, Ga 1:24, I Pe 4:16. In LXX and NT (v.s. δόξα, 3), to clothe with splendour, glorify ( Ex 34:29, 30, Ps 36 (37):20, Is 44:23, Es 3:1, al): Ro 8:30, II Co 3:10, II Th 3:1, I Pe 1:8, al.; of Christ, Jo 7:39 8:54, al. (on the Johannine use, v. Cremer, 211; Westc., Jo., Intr.); of the Father, Jo 13:31, 32, I Pe 4:11, al. (cf. ἐν-, συν-δοξάζω ).Scroll for more

neverNever.οὐδέ-ποτε, adv. [in LXX: Ex 10:6 ( לֹא ), etc.;] never: Mt 7:23 9:33 26:33, Mk 2:12, Lk 15:29, Jo 7:46, Ac 10:14 11:8 14:8, I Co 13:8, He 10:1, 11. Interrog., Mt 21:16, 42, Mk 2:25.†Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 13:1

← Back to Mark 2:2

← Back to Mark 4:1

← Back to Luke 5:27

Mark 2:13

13And he went forth again by the sea side and all the multitude resorted unto him and he taught them

Word By Word, In Greek Order1And | 2he went forth | 3again | 4by | 5the | 6sea side | 7and | 8all | 9the | 10multitude | 11resorted | 12unto | 13him | 14and | 15he taught | 16them

Related verses (8)

And

he went forth

again

the

sea side

and

all

the

multitude

resorted

unto

him

and

he taught

them

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Καὶkai

ἐξῆλθενeh-KSAYL-then

πάλινPAH-leen

παρὰpah-RAH

τὴνtayn

θάλασσανTHAH-lah-sahn

καὶkai

πᾶςpahs

ὁhoh

ὄχλοςOH-chlohs

ἤρχετοAYR-cheh-toh

πρὸςprohs

αὐτόνow-TOHN

καὶkai

ἐδίδασκενeh-DEE-dah-sken

αὐτούςow-TOOS

The Pieces

ΚαὶGreek conjunction

ἐξῆλθενGreek verb

πάλινGreek adverb

παρὰGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

θάλασσανGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

πᾶςGreek adjective

ὁGreek article

ὄχλοςGreek noun, masculine

ἤρχετοGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτόνGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐδίδασκενGreek verb

αὐτούςGreek reflexive pronoun

What It Can Mean

from/with/besideGen: from; dat: beside, in the presence of; acc: alongside of.παρά, prep. c. gen., dat., acc., with radical sense, beside. C. gen. pers., from the side of, from beside, from, indicating source or origin, [in LXX for מֵאֵצֶל, מִיַד, מִלִּפְנֵי;] after verbs of motion, Mk 14:43, Lk 8:49, Jo 15:26, al.; after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing, etc., Mk 8:11 12:2, Jo 4:9, 52 10:18, Phl 4:18, II Ti 1:18, Ja 1:7, al.; after passive verbs, of the agent (like ὑπό ), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:11, Lk 1:37; absol., οἱ παρ’ αὐτοῦ, his family, his kinsfolk, Mk 3:21 (cf. M, Pr., 106 f.; Field, Notes, 25 f.; Swete, in l.); τὰ παρ’ αὐτῆς ( αὐτῶν, ὑμῶν ), one's means, wealth, Mk 5:26, Lk 10:7, Phl 4:18. C. dat. pers. (exc. Jo 19:25, π. τ. σταυρῷ ), by the side of, beside, by, with, [in LXX for בְּעֵינֵי, בְּיַד, אֵצֶל;] Lk 11:37 19:7, Jo 1:40 4:40, Ac 28:14, al.; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at home, I Co 16:2; c. dat. pl., among, Mt 22:25, Col 4:16, al.; metaph., Mt 19:26, Mk 10:27, Lk 1:30, Ro 2:13, Ja 1:27, al. C. acc., of motion by or towards, [in LXX for בְּעֵבֶר,עַל יַד,אֵצֶל;] of place, by the side of, beside, by, along: Ac 10:32, He 11:12; after verbs of motion, Mt 4:18, Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, Ac 4:35, al.; after verbs of rest, Mt 13:1, Mk 5:21, Lk 8:35, al. beside, beyond, metaph.; beyond, against, contrary to: Ac 18:13, Ro 1:26 4:18 11:24, al.; except, II Co 11:24; beyond, above, in comparison with: Lk 3:13, Ro 12:3 14:5, He 1:4, 9 3:3, al.; on account of: I Co 12:15, 16. In composition: beside, to ( παραλαμβάνω, παράγω ), at hand ( πάρειμι ), from ( παραρρέω ), amiss ( παρακούω ), past ( παρέρχομαι ), compared with ( παρομοιάζω ), above measure ( παροργίζω ).Scroll for more

sea(a) the sea, in contrast to the land, (b) a particular sea or lake, e.g. the sea of Galilee (Tiberias), the Red Sea.θάλασσα, -ης, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for יָם;] the sea: Mt 23:15, Mk 11:23, Lk 21:25, Ro 9:27, He 11:12, Ja 1:6, Ju 13, Re 7:1, al.; τὸ πέλαγος τῆς θ. (v. Tr., ut infr.), Mt 18:6; ὁ οὐρανὸς κ. ἡ γῆ κ. ἡ θ., of the whole world, Ac 4:24, al. ( Ha 2:7 ); θ. ὑαλίνη, Re 4:6 15:2; of the Mediterranean, Ac 10:6, 32 17:14; of the Red Sea, ἐρυθρὰ θ., Ac 7:36, I Co 10:1, 2, He 11:29; of an inland lake (as Heb. יָם ), θ. τ. Γαλιλαίας, Mt 4:18 15:29, Mk 1:16 7:31; τ. Τιβεριάδος, Jo 21:1; τ. Γ. τ. T., Jo 6:1; of the same, simply ἡ θ., Mt 4:15, Mk 2:13, al. SYN.: πέλαγος, the vast expanse of open water"; θ., "the sea as contrasted with the land" (Tr., Syn., xiii).Scroll for more

to teachI teach, direct, admonish.διδάσκω [in LXX chiefly for למד pi., also for ידע hi., ירה hi., etc.;] to teach (i.e. instruct ) a person, teach a thing; trans.: c. acc. pers., Mt 5:2, Mk 1:22, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 8:31; περί, I Jo 2:27; c. inf., Lk 11:1; c. acc. rei, Mk 6:30 12:14; c. cogn. acc., Mt 15:9 (LXX); c. dupl. acc, Mk 4:2, Jo 14:26; pass., Ga 1:12, II Th 2:15; c. dat. pers. (like Heb., cf. Jb 21:22, but prob. a vernac. usage, v. Swete, in l.), Re 2:14. Absol., to teach, give instruction: Mt 4:23, Mk 1:21, and often in Gosp., Ro 12:7, I Co 4:17, I Ti 2:12, al. SYN.: παιδεύω (cf. Westc., Heb., 402; Cremer, 180).Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 4:19

← Back to Matthew 9:9

← Back to Matthew 10:3

← Back to Matthew 19:21

← Back to Matthew 19:27

← Back to Mark 3:18

← Back to Luke 6:15

← Back to Acts 1:13

Mark 2:14

14And as he passed by he saw Levi the son of Alphaeus sitting at the place of toll and he saith unto him Follow me And he arose and followed him

Related verses (7)

And

as he passed by

he saw

Levi

the son

The ASV does not translate this word.

of Alphaeus

sitting

the

place of toll

and

he saith

unto him

And

he arose

and followed

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

καὶkai

παράγωνpah-RAH-gohn

εἶδενAY-den

Λευὶνlyoo-EEN

τὸνtohn

τοῦtoo

Ἁλφαίουhahl-FAI-oo

καθήμενονkah-THAY-meh-nohn

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τὸtoh

τελώνιονteh-LOH-nee-ohn

καὶkai

λέγειLEH-gay

αὐτῷow-TOH

Ἀκολούθειah-koh-LOO-thay

μοιmoy

καὶkai

ἀναστὰςah-nah-STAHS

ἠκολούθησενay-koh-LOO-thay-sen

αὐτῷow-TOH

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

παράγωνGreek verb

εἶδεν

Λευὶνname of a person

τὸνGreek article

τοῦGreek article

Ἁλφαίουname of a person

καθήμενονGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

τελώνιονGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

λέγειGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ἈκολούθειGreek verb

μοιGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀναστὰςGreek verb

ἠκολούθησενGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to passI pass by, depart, pass away.παρ-άγω, [in LXX chiefly for עבר;] trans., to lead by, lead aside, lead into, lead forward, etc. Intrans., to pass by: Mt 9:9, 27 20:30, Mk 2:14 15:21, Jo 8:59 R, txt., 9:1; seq. παρό, c. acc., Mk 1:16; to go away, depart; metaph., to pass away: I Co 7:31; mid., I Jn 2:8, 17.†Scroll for more

Levi(Hebrew), Levi, (a) an ancestor of Jesus, (b) another ancestor of Jesus, (c) third son of Jacob, the patriarch, and founder of a tribe named after him, (d) son of Alphaeus, and called Matthew, a revenue officer and one of the twelve apostles of Jesus.Λευεί (indecl.) and Λευείς (Rec. -υΐ, -υΐς ), gen. Λευεί, acc. -είν, ὁ (Heb. לֵוִי ), Levi; the son of Jacob: He 7:5, 9, Re 7:7. Son of Melchi: Lk 3:24. Son of Simeon: Lk 3:29. Son of Alphæus (cf. Μαθθαῖος ): Mk 2:14 (WH, mg., Ἰάκωβον ), Lk 5:27, 29.†Scroll for more

AlphaeusAlphaeus; apparently two persons, (a) father of Levi, and (b) father of James.Ἀλφαῖος (WH, Ἀλ- ), -ου, ὁ (Aram. חַלְפַּי ) Alphæus. Father of Levi: Mk 2:14. Father of James: Mt 10:3, Mk 3:13, Lk 6:15, Ac 1:13.†Scroll for more

tax boothA tax-collector's office, toll-house.*† τελώνιον, -ου, τό (< τελώνης ), a custom house (so in MGr.), tollhouse, place of toll: Mt 9:9, Mk 2:14, Lk 5:27.†Scroll for more

to followI accompany, attend, follow.ἀκολουθέω, -ῶ (< ἀκόλουθος, following; < ἀ- cop., κέλευθος, poët., away ), [in LXX chiefly for הָלַךְ;] to accompany, follow: Mt 4:25, al. Metaph., of discipleship: Mt 9:9, Mk 9:38, Jo 12:26, al. Absol.: Mt 18:10; more freq., c. dat. (cl.), Mt 8:1, al.; seq. μετά, c. gen, (cl.; Eutherford, N.Phr., 458 f.), Lk 9:49; ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אחֲֲרֵי ), Mt 10:38 (cf. ἐξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, συν-ἀκολουθέω ). SYN.: (cl.) ἕπομαι, not in NT (v. Cremer, 80; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

to meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to ariseI raise up, set up; I rise from among (the) dead; I arise, appear.ἀν-ίστημι ( ἀνά, ἵστημι ), [in LXX chiefly for קוּם;] causal, in fut. and 1 aor. act., c. acc., to raise up: Ac 9:41; from death, Jo 6:39, Ac 2:32; to raise up, cause to be born or appear: Mt 22:24, Ac 3:22, 26. Intrans., in mid. and 2 aor act.; to rise: from lying, Mk 1:35; from sitting, Lk 4:16; to leave a place, Mt 9:9; pleonastically, as Heb. קוּם, before verbs of going, Mk 10:1, al. (v. Dalman, Words, 23; M, Pr., 14); of the dead, Mt 17:23, Mk 8:31; seq. ἐκ νεκρῶν, Mt 17:9, Mk 9:9; to arise, appear: Ac 5:36, Ro 15:12 (cf. ἐπ-, ἐξ- ἀνίστημι, and v. Cremer, 306, 738; MM, VGT, s.v.). SYN.: ἐγείρω.Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 9:10

← Back to Luke 5:29

Mark 2:15

15And it came to pass that he was sitting at meat in his house and many publicans and sinners sat down with Jesus and his disciples for there were many and they followed him

Word By Word, In Greek Order1And | 2it came to pass | 3that | 4— | 5was sitting at meat | 6he | 7in | 8— | 9house | 10his | 11and | 12many | 13publicans | 14and | 15sinners | 16sat down | 17— | 18with Jesus | 19and | 20— | 21disciples | 22his | 23there were | 24for | 25many | 26and | 27they followed | 28him

Related verses (5)

Matthew 9:10-11 | Matthew 21:31-32 | Luke 5:29-30 | Luke 6:17 | Luke 15:1

And

it came to pass

that

The ASV does not translate this word.

was sitting at meat

The ASV does not translate this word.

house

his

and

many

publicans

and

sinners

sat down

The ASV does not translate this word.

with Jesus

and

The ASV does not translate this word.

disciples

his

there were

for

many

and

they followed

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Καὶkai

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

ἐνen

τῷtoh

κατακεῖσθαιkah-tah-KAY-sthai

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἐνen

τῇtay

οἰκίᾳoy-KEE-ah

αὐτοῦow-TOO

καὶkai

πολλοὶpoh-LOY

τελῶναιteh-LOH-nai

καὶkai

ἁμαρτωλοὶhah-mahr-toh-LOY

συνανέκειντοsoo-nah-NEH-kayn-toh

τῷtoh

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

καὶkai

τοῖςtoys

μαθηταῖςmah-thay-TAIS

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ἦσανAY-sahn

γὰρgahr

πολλοὶpoh-LOY

καὶkai

ἠκολούθουνay-koh-LOO-thoon

αὐτῷow-TOH

The Pieces

ΚαὶGreek conjunction

ἐγένετοGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

κατακεῖσθαιGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

οἰκίᾳGreek noun, feminine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

πολλοὶGreek adjective or Greek adverb

τελῶναιGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἁμαρτωλοὶGreek adjective

συνανέκειντοGreek verb

τῷGreek article

Ἰησοῦname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

μαθηταῖςGreek noun, masculine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ἦσανGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

πολλοὶGreek adjective or Greek adverb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἠκολούθουνGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

homeA house, household, dwelling; meton: goods, property, means.οἰκία, -ας, ἡ (< οἶκος ), [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for בַּיִת;] a house, dwelling: Mt 2:11 7:24-27, Mk 1:29, al.; ἐν οἰκίᾳ (= cl. κατ ̓ οἰκίαν ), at home, Lk 8:27; εἰς οἰ., II Jn 10; οἰ, c. gen. pers., usually has the art. ( Mt 8:14, al., but cf. οἶκος and v. Bl., § 46, 9); ἡ οἰ. τ. πατρός μου, Jo 14:2. Metaph., of the body as the dwelling of the soul: II Co 5:1; of property (as בַּיִת, Ge 45:18, LXX, τ. ὑπάρχοντα; III Ki 13:8, LXX, οἶκος ) = οἶκος (q.v.): Mk 12:40, Lk 20:47; of the inmates of the dwelling, the household: Mt 12:25; c. gen. pers., Jo 4:53, I Co 16:15. SYN.: οἶκος, which in Attic law denoted the whole estate, οἰκία, the dwelling only. In cl. poets οἶκος has also the latter sense, but not in prose, except in metaph. usage, where it signifies both property and household. The foregoing distinction is not, however, consistently maintained in late Greek; cf. MM, ii, xvii, and v. Thayer, s.v. οἰκία.Scroll for more

tax collectorA publican, collector of taxes.* τελώνης, -ου, ὁ (< τέλος, ὠνέομαι ) a farmer of taxes (Lat. publicanus ). A subordinate of the former, who collected taxes or tolls in a particular district, a tax-gatherer (EV, publican ): Mt 5:46 10:3, Lk 3:12 5:27, 29 7:29 18:10, 11, 13; pl., τ. κ. ἁμαρτωλοί, Mt 9:10, 11 11:19, Mk 2:15, 16, Lk 5:30 7:34 15:1; τ. κ. πόρναι, Mt 21:31, 32; ὁ ἐθνικὸς κ. ὁ τ., Mt 18:17 (cf. DB, iv, 172; ext., 394 f.; MM, xxiv).†Scroll for more

sinfulSinning, sinful, depraved, detestable.ἁμαρτωλός, -όν (< ἁμαρτάνω ), [in LXX chiefly for רשׁﬠ;] sinful, a sinner: of all men, I Ti 1:15; of those especially wicked, I Ti 1:9, I Pe 4:18; p1., Mt 9:10-13 11:19 26:45, al. (v. MM, VGT, s.v.; Cremer, 102, 634)Scroll for more

to dine withI recline at table with.**† συν-ανά-κειμαι [in LXX: III Mac 5:39 *;] to recline with or together at table: Mt 14:9, Mk 6:22, Lk 7:49 14:15; c. dat. pers., Mt 9:10, Mk 2:15, Lk 14:10.†Scroll for more

discipleA learner, disciple, pupil.μαθητής, -οῦ, ὁ ( μανθάνω ), [in LXX only as v.l. (A) in Je 13:21 20:11 26 (46):9 *;] a disciple: opp. to διδάσκαλος, Mt 10:24, Lk 6:40; Ἰωάννου, Mt 9:14, Lk 7:18, Jo 3:25; τ. Φαρισαίων, Mt 22:16, Mk 2:18, Lk 5:33; Μωυσέως, Jo 9:28; Ἰησοῦ, Lk 6:17 7:11 19:37, Jo 6:66 7:3 19:38; esp. the twelve, Mt 10:1 11:1, Mk 7:17, Lk 8:9, Jo 2:2, al.; later, of Christians generally, Ac 6:1, 2, 7 9:19, al.; τ. κυρίου, Ac 9:1.Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 9:11

← Back to Mark 7:5

← Back to Mark 8:11

Mark 2:16

16And the scribes of the Pharisees when they saw that he was eating with the sinners and publicans said unto his disciples How is it that he eateth and drinketh with publicans and sinners

Related verses (8)

And

the

scribes

of the

Pharisees

when they saw

that

he was eating

with

the

sinners

and

publicans

said

The ASV does not translate this word.

unto … disciples

his

How is it that

with

The ASV does not translate this word.

publicans

and

sinners

he eateth

and

drinketh

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

καὶkai

οἱhoy

γραμματεῖςgrah-mah-TAYS

τῶνtohn

Φαρισαίωνfah-ree-SAI-ohn

ἰδόντεςee-DOHN-tes

ὅτιHOH-tee

ἐσθίειeh-STHEE-ay

μετὰmeh-TAH

τῶνtohn

ἁμαρτωλῶνhah-mahr-toh-LOHN

καὶkai

τελωνῶνteh-loh-NOHN

ἔλεγονEH-leh-gohn

τοῖςtoys

μαθηταῖςmah-thay-TAIS

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ὍτιHOH-tee

μετὰmeh-TAH

τῶνtohn

τελωνῶνteh-loh-NOHN

καὶkai

ἁμαρτωλῶνhah-mahr-toh-LOHN

ἐσθίειeh-STHEE-ay

καὶkai

πίνειPEE-nay

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

γραμματεῖςGreek noun, masculine

τῶνGreek article

Φαρισαίωνname of a title or other name

ἰδόντες

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἐσθίειGreek verb

μετὰGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

ἁμαρτωλῶνGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

τελωνῶνGreek noun, masculine

ἔλεγονGreek verb

τοῖςGreek article

μαθηταῖςGreek noun, masculine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ὍτιGreek conjunction

μετὰGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

τελωνῶνGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἁμαρτωλῶνGreek adjective

ἐσθίειGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

πίνειGreek verb

What It Can Mean

PhariseeA Pharisee, one of the Jewish sect so called.Φαρισαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Aram. פְּרִישָׁא; v. Dalman, Gr., 157 n, Words, 2 n ), a Pharisee: Mt 23:26, Phl 3:5; usually in pl., Mt 9:11, Mk 2:18, al.; Φ. κ. γραμματεῖς, Mt 5:20, Mk 2:16, Lk 5:21, al.; Φ. κ. Σαδδυκαῖοι, Mt 16:1, Ac 23:6, 7 al.; ἀρχιερεῖς, Mt 21:45, Jo 7:32, al. (v. DB, iii, 826 b ).Scroll for more

to eatI eat, partake of food; met: I devour, consume (e.g. as rust does).ἐσθίω, and (poet, and late prose) ἔσθω, [in LXX chiefly for אכל;] to eat; absol.: Mt 14:20, 21 Mk 6:31, Jo 4:31, al.; ἐν τ. φαγεῖν (on this aor. form, v. M, Pr., 111), I Co 11:21; διδόναι φαγεῖν, c. dat. pers., Mk 5:43, al.; ἐ. καὶ πίνειν, Mt 6:25, 31 Lk 10:7, al.; of ordinary use of food and drink, I Co 9:4 11:22; of partaking of food at table, Mk 2:16, Lk 5:30, al.; opp. to fasting, Mt 11:18, Lk 5:33, al.; of revelling, Mt 24:49, Lk 12:45. c. acc. rei: Mt 6:25, Mk 1:6, Jo 6:31, Ro 14:2, al.; ἄρτον (Heb. אָכַל לֶחֶם ), Mt 15:2, Mk 3:20, al.; τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἄ., II Th 3:12; ἄ. seq. παρά, gen. pers., II Th 3:8; τά seq. id., Lk 10:7; τ. πάσχα, Mt 26:17, Mk 14:12 al; τ. κυριακὸν δεῖπνον, I Co 11:20; τ. θυσίας, I Co 10:18; seq. ἐκ (= cl. part. gen.), Jo 6:26, 50, 51, I Co 11:28; ἀπό (cf. Heb. אָכַל מִן ), Mt 15:27, Mk 7:28; metaph., to devour, consume: He 10:27, Ja 5:3, Re 17:16 (cf. κατ-, συν-εσθίω ).Scroll for more

with/after(a) gen: with, in company with, (b) acc: (1) behind, beyond, after, of place, (2) after, of time, with nouns, neut. of adjectives.μετά (before vowel μετ’; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b ), prep. c. gen., acc. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in LXX for אֵת, עִם, אַחַד, etc.;]. C. gen., among, amid: Mk 1:13, Lk 22:37 (LXX, ἐν ) 24:5, Jo 18:5, al.; διωγμῶν, Mk 10:30. Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more freq. in NT; cf. Bl., § 42, 3): c. gen. pers., Mt 8:11 20:20, Mk 1:29 3:7, Lk 5:30, Jo 3:22, Ga 2:1, al. mult.; εἶναι μετά, Mt 5:25, Mk 3:14, al.; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3:2, Ac 7:9, Phl 4:9, al.; opp. to εἶναι κατά, Mt 12:30, Lk 11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but v. M, Pr., 106, 246 f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π., c. dat., to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם probably misspelled לְהִלָּחֵם, I Ki 17:33 ), Re 2:16, al.; c. gen. rei, χαρᾶς, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16, al.; ὀργῆς, Mk 3:5, al. C. acc., of place, behind, after: He 9:3. Of time, after: Mt 17:1, Mk 14:1, Lk 1:24, Ac 1:5, Ga 1:18, al.; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jo 2:12, al.; ταῦτα, Mk 16:[12], Lk 5:27, Jo 3:22, al; c. inf. artic. (Bl., § 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 26:32, Mk 1:14, al. In composition, of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. after: μεταμέλομαι.Scroll for more

to drinkI drink, imbibe.πίνω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁתה;] to drink: absol., Lk 2:19, Jo 4:7, al.; c. acc. rei, Mt 6:25, 31, Mk 14:25, al.; of habitual use, Lk 1:15, Ro 14:21, al.; by meton., τὸ ποτήριον, I Co 10:21, al.; of the earth absorbing rain (Hdt., al.), He 6:7; spiritually, of the blood of Christ, Jo 6:53, 54, 56; seq. ἐκ (of the vessel), Mt 26:27, al.; id. (of the drink; Bl., § 36, 1), Mt 26:29, Jo 4:13, 14, Re 14:10, al.; ἀπό, Lk 22:18 (cf. ἀπο-, συν-πίνω; on the form πίεσαι, Lk 17:8, v. Bl., § 21, 8, and on the contr. aor. πεῖν, M, Pr., 44 f., Thackeray, Gr., 63 f.).Scroll for more

← Back to 2 Chronicles 16:12

← Back to Job 13:4

← Back to Ezekiel 34:16

← Back to Matthew 9:12

← Back to Matthew 9:13

← Back to Luke 5:31

← Back to 1 Timothy 1:15

Mark 2:17

17And when Jesus heard it he saith unto them They that are whole have no need of a physician but they that are sick I came not to call the righteous but sinners

Related verses (16)

And

when … heard it

The ASV does not translate this word.

Jesus

he saith

unto them

The ASV does not translate this word.

need

have

They

that are whole

of a physician

but

they

sick

that are

not

I came

to call

the righteous

but

sinners

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

καὶkai

ἀκούσαςah-KOO-sahs

ὁhoh

Ἰησοῦςee-ay-SOOS

λέγειLEH-gay

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

ὅτιHOH-tee

Οὐoo

χρείανCHRAY-ahn

ἔχουσινEH-choo-seen

οἱhoy

ἰσχύοντεςee-SCHOO-ohn-tes

ἰατροῦee-ah-TROO

ἀλλahl

οἱhoy

κακῶςkah-KOHS

ἔχοντεςEH-chohn-tes

οὐκook

ἦλθονAYL-thohn

καλέσαιkah-LEH-sai

δικαίουςdee-KAI-oos

ἀλλὰah-LAH

ἁμαρτωλούςhah-mahr-toh-LOOS

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀκούσαςGreek verb

ὁGreek article

Ἰησοῦςname of a person

λέγειGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ΟὐGreek negative particle

χρείανGreek noun, feminine

ἔχουσινGreek verb

οἱGreek article

ἰσχύοντεςGreek verb

ἰατροῦGreek noun, masculine

ἀλλGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

κακῶςGreek adverb

ἔχοντεςGreek verb

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἦλθονGreek verb

καλέσαιGreek verb

δικαίουςGreek adjective

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

ἁμαρτωλούςGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

needNeed, necessity, business.χρεία, -ας, ἡ [in LXX: II Ch 2:16 (15) ( צֹרֶךְ ), II Es 7:20 ( חַשְׁחוּת ) freq. in Si, I-II Mac;] need, necessity: Ac 28:10, Tit 3:14; πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς χ. (RV, txt., for edifying as the need may be; but v. Field, Notes, 192), Eph 4:29; ἕστι χ., Lk 10:42, He 7:11; χ. ἔχειν, c. gen., Mt 6:8 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 9:11 15:7 19:31, 34 22:71, Jo 13:29, I Co 12:21, 24, I Th 4:12, He 10:36, Re 21:23 22:5; seq. τοῦ, c. inf. (Bl., § 71, 3), He 5:12; absol. (sc. gen.), Ac 2:45 4:35; c. gen. pers., Mt 9:12 26:65, Mk 2:17 14:63, Lk 5:31; c. inf. (Bl., § 69, 5), Mt 3:14 14:16, Jo 13:10, I Th 1:8 4:9; seq. ἵνα, Jo 2:25 16:30, I Jo 2:27; absol., Mk 2:25, Eph 4:28, I Jo 3:17; οὐδὲν χ. ἔχειν, Re 3:17; ἡ χ., c. gen. subjc., Phl 2:25 4:16, 19; pl., Ac 20:34, Ro 12:13. matter, business (so esp. in late writers, Polyb., al.; I Mac 12:45, al.): Ac 6:3.†Scroll for more

be strongI have strength, am strong, am in full health and vigor, am able; meton: I prevail.ἰσχύω (< ἰσχύς ), [in LXX for חזק, גִּבּוֹר, עצם, etc.;] to be strong in body: Mt 9:12, Mk 2:17. to be powerful, have power, prevail: Ac 19:20, Re 12:8; seq. κατά, c. gen. pers., Ac 19:16; c. inf., to be able (MM, Exp., xv): Mt 8:28 26:40, Mk 5:4 9:18 (inf. understood) 14:37, Lk 6:48 8:43 13:24 14:6, 29, 30 16:3 20:26, Jo 21:6, Ac 6:10 15:10 25:7 27:16; c. acc., Phl 4:13, Ja 5:16; of things, to avail, be serviceable (MM, Exp., xv): Mt 5:13, Ga 5:6, He 9:17 (cf. ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-ισχύω ).†Scroll for more

physicianA physician.ἰατρός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ἰάομαι ), [in LXX for רֹפֵא;] a physician: Mt 9:12, Mk 2:17 5:26, Lk 4:23 5:31 8:43 (om. WH, R, mg.), Col 4:14 (on the status of physicians, v. MM, Exp., xv.).†Scroll for more

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

badlyBadly, evilly, wrongly.κακῶς (< κακός ), adv., [in LXX: Wi 18:19, IV Mac 6:17, al.; κ. εἰπεῖν, ἐρεῖν ( ארר, קלל pi.), Ex 22:28 ( 27 ), Le 19:14, Is 8:21; κ. ἔχειν ( חלה, Ez 34:4, al.;] badly, ill; in physical sense: κ. ἔχειν, to be ill, Mt 4:24 8:16 9:12 14:35 17:15, Mk 1:32, 34 2:17 6:55, Lk 5:31 7:2; πάσχειν, Mt 17:15 (WH, mg.); δαιμονίζεσθαι, Mt 15:22; κακοὺς κ. ἀπολέσει (as freq. in cl., v. LS, s.v.; MM, Exp., xv), evil that they are, he will evilly, etc., Mt 21:41; in moral sense, wrongly ( I Mac 7:42, IV Mac 6:17, al.): κ. λαλεῖν, Jo 18:23; εἰπεῖν, c. acc. pers., Ac 23:5; αἰτεῖσθαι, Ja 4:8.†Scroll for more

to call: call(a) I call, summon, invite, (b) I call, name.καλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for קרא;] to call, summon: c. acc. pers., Mt 20:8 25:14, Mk 3:31, Lk 19:13, Ac 4:18; seq. ἐκ, Mt 2:15 (LXX); metaph., I Pe 2:9. to call to one's house, invite: Lk 14:16, I Co 10:27, Re 19:9; εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 22:3, 9, Lk 14:8, 9, Jo 2:2; ὁ καλέσας, Lk 7:39; οἱ κεκλημένοι, Mt 22:8; metaph., of inviting to partake of the blessings of the kingdom of God (Dalman, Words, 118 f.): Ro 8:30 9:24, 25, I Co 7:17, 18; seq. εἰς, I Co 1:9, I Th 2:12, I Ti 6:12; ὁ καλῶν ( καλέσας ), of God, Ga 1:6 5:8, I Th 5:24, I Pe 1:15, II Pe 1:3; οἱ κεκλκλημένοι, He 9:15; seq. ἐν ( ἐπί ), I Co 7:15, Ga 5:13, Eph 4:4, I Th 4:7; κλήσει, Eph 4:1, II Ti 1:9. to call, name, call by name: pass., Mt 2:23, Lk 1:32, al.; καλούμενος, Lk 7:11, Ac 7:58, al.; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 210), Lk 6:15 22:3 23:33, Ac 10:1, Re 12:9, al.; c. pred. nom., Mt 5:9, Lk 1:35, Ro 9:26, Ja 2:23, I Jo 3:1. (Cf. ἀντι-, ἐν-, εἰσ- (-μαι), ἐπι-, μετα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, προ-, προσ-, συν-καλέω.)Scroll for more

justJust; especially, just in the eyes of God; righteous; the elect (a Jewish idea).δίκαιος, -α, -ον (< δίκη ), [in LXX chiefly for צַדִּיק (for rendering of צַדִּיק in sense of correct, v. Deiss., BS, 115 f.); sometimes for נָקִי as Pr 1:11, al.;] in early Gk. writers of persons, observant of δίκη, custom, rule, right, righteous in performing duties to gods and men; of things, righteous, in accordance with right. In NT righteous, chiefly in the broad sense, as above, of the person or thing corresponding to the Divine standard of right of persons: of God, Ro 3:26, I Jn 2:29 3:7; of Christ, Ac 3:14 7:52 22:14, I Pe 3:18, I Jn 2:1; of men, Mt 1:19 (Abbott, Essays, 75 f.) 10:41 13:17, 43, 49, Lk 1:6, 17, Ro 5:7, I Ti 1:9, Ja 5:6, I Pe 3:12, I Jn 3:7, Re 22:11, al.; δ. καὶ εὐλαβής, Lk 2:25; ἅγιος, Mk 6:20; ἀγαθός, Lk 23:50; φοβούμενος τ. θεόν, Ac 10:22; opp. to ἀμαρτωλοὶ καὶ ἀσεβεῖς, I Pe 4:18; ἄδικοι, Mt 5:45, Ac 24:15; δ. ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 1:17, Ga 3:11, He 10:38 (LXX); δ. παρὰ τ. θεῷ, Ro 2:13 of things: ἔργα δ., opp. to πονηρὰ, I Jn 3:12; ἐντολή, Ro 7:12; metaph., αἷμα, Mt 23:35; τὸ δ., Lk 12:57; δ. ἐστιν, Ac 4:19, Eph 6:1, Phl 1:7; ὅ, Mt 20:4; ὅσα, Phl 4:8 In narrower sense of persons, as in later cl. writers, just, rendering to each his due: Tit 1:8, I Jn 1:9; δ. κριτής, II Ti 4:8 of things: τὸ δ., Col 4:1; δ., sc. ἐστιν, II Th 1:6; κρίσις δ., Jo 5:30; ὁδοί, Re 15:3 SYN.: ἀγαθός (q.v.), καλός, χρηστός (Cremer, 183, 690).Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 6:16

← Back to Matthew 9:14

← Back to Luke 5:33

Mark 2:18

18And John’s disciples and the Pharisees were fasting and they come and say unto him Why do John’s disciples and the disciples of the Pharisees fast but thy disciples fast not

Word By Word, In Greek Order1And | 2were | 3— | 4disciples | 5John’s | 6and | 7the | 8Pharisees | 9fasting | 10and | 11they come | 12and | 13say | 14unto him | 15Why | 16Why | 17— | 18disciples | 19John’s | 20and | 21the | 22disciples | 23of the | 24Pharisees | 25do … fast | 26— | 27but | 28thy | 29disciples | 30not | 31fast

Related verses (6)

And

were

The ASV does not translate this word.

disciples

John’s

and

the

Pharisees

fasting

and

they come

and

say

unto him

Why

The ASV does not translate this word.

disciples

John’s

and

the

disciples

of the

Pharisees

do … fast

The ASV does not translate this word.

but

thy

disciples

not

fast

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Καὶkai

ἦσανAY-sahn

οἱhoy

μαθηταὶmah-thay-TAI

Ἰωάννουee-oh-AH-noo

καὶkai

οἱhoy

Φαρισαῖοιfah-ree-SAI-oy

νηστεύοντεςnay-STYOO-ohn-tes

καὶkai

ἔρχονταιEHR-chohn-tai

καὶkai

λέγουσινLEH-goo-seen

αὐτῷow-TOH

Διὰdee-AH

τίtee

οἱhoy

μαθηταὶmah-thay-TAI

Ἰωάννουee-oh-AH-noo

καὶkai

οἱhoy

μαθηταὶmah-thay-TAI

τῶνtohn

Φαρισαίωνfah-ree-SAI-ohn

νηστεύουσινnay-STYOO-oo-seen

οἱhoy

δὲdeh

σοὶsoy

μαθηταὶmah-thay-TAI

οὐoo

νηστεύουσινnay-STYOO-oo-seen

The Pieces

ΚαὶGreek conjunction

ἦσανGreek verb

οἱGreek article

μαθηταὶGreek noun, masculine

Ἰωάννουname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

Φαρισαῖοιname of a title or other name

νηστεύοντεςGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἔρχονταιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

λέγουσινGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ΔιὰGreek preposition

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

οἱGreek article

μαθηταὶGreek noun, masculine

Ἰωάννουname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

μαθηταὶGreek noun, masculine

τῶνGreek article

Φαρισαίωνname of a title or other name

νηστεύουσινGreek verb

οἱGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

σοὶGreek possessive pronoun

μαθηταὶGreek noun, masculine

οὐGreek negative particle

νηστεύουσινGreek verb

What It Can Mean

JohnJohn: the Baptist, the apostle, a member of the Sanhedrin, or John Mark.

to fastI fast, abstain from food.νηστεύω (< νῆστις ), [in LXX for צוּם;] to fast (Arist., Aristoph., al.): Mt 4:2 6:16-18 9:14, 15, Mk 2:18-20, Lk 5:33-35 18:12, Ac 13:2, 3.†Scroll for more

JohnJohn: the Baptist, the apostle, a member of the Sanhedrin, or John Mark.

yourYours, thy, thine.σός, -ή, -όν possess. prop. of second pers., thy, thine: Mt 7:3, al.; as subst., οἱ σοί, thy kinsfolk, friends, Mk 5:19; τὸ σόν, what is thine, Mt 20:14 25:25; τὰ σά, thy goods, Lk 6:30Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 25:1

← Back to John 16:4

Mark 2:19

19And Jesus said unto them Can the sons of the bridechamber fast while the bridegroom is with them as long as they have the bridegroom with them they cannot fast

Related verses (5)

Genesis 29:22 | Judges 14:10-11 | Psalms 45:14 | Song of Solomon 6:8 | Matthew 25:1-10

And

said

unto them

The ASV does not translate this word.

Jesus

The ASV does not translate this word.

Can

the

sons

of the

bridechamber

while

the

bridegroom

with

them

fast

as … as

long

they have

the

bridegroom

with

them

they cannot

fast

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

καὶkai

εἶπενAY-pen

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

ὁhoh

Ἰησοῦςee-ay-SOOS

Μὴmay

δύνανταιDOO-nahn-tai

οἱhoy

υἱοὶhwee-OY

τοῦtoo

νυμφῶνοςnoom-FOH-nohs

ἐνen

ᾧhoh

ὁhoh

νυμφίοςnoom-FEE-ohs

μετmet

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

ἐστινeh-steen

νηστεύεινnay-STYOO-ayn

ὅσονHOH-sohn

χρόνονCHROH-nohn

ἔχουσινEH-choo-seen

τὸνtohn

νυμφίονnoom-FEE-ohn

μετmet

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

οὐoo

δύνανταιDOO-nahn-tai

νηστεύεινnay-STYOO-ayn

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

εἶπενGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ὁGreek article

Ἰησοῦςname of a person

ΜὴGreek negative particle

δύνανταιGreek verb

οἱGreek article

υἱοὶGreek noun, masculine

τοῦGreek article

νυμφῶνοςGreek noun, masculine

ἐνGreek preposition

ᾧGreek relative pronoun

ὁGreek article

νυμφίοςGreek noun, masculine

μετGreek preposition

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

ἐστινGreek verb

νηστεύεινGreek verb

ὅσονGreek correlative pronoun

χρόνονGreek noun, masculine

ἔχουσινGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

νυμφίονGreek noun, masculine

μετGreek preposition

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

οὐGreek negative particle

δύνανταιGreek verb

νηστεύεινGreek verb

What It Can Mean

bridegroomA bridal chamber.**† νυμφών, -ῶνος, ὁ (< νύμφη ), [in LXX: To 6:13, 16 *;] the bride-chamber (Heb. חֻפָּה, LXX, παστός, Ps 18 (19):5, Jl 2:16 ): Mt 22:10 (WH; γάμος, RV); οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ ν. (cf. cl. νυμφαγωγός, νυμφευτής ), the bridegroom's friends who have charge of the nuptial arrangements: Mt 9:15, Mk 2:19, Lk 5:34.†Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

bridegroomA bridegroom.νυμφίος, -ου, ὁ (< νύμφη ), [in LXX for חָתָן;] a bridegroom: Mt 9:15 25:1, 5, 6, 10, Mk 2:19, 20, Lk 5:34, 35, Jo 2:9 3:29, Re 18:23.†Scroll for more

just as/how muchHow much, how great, how many, as great as, as much.ὅσος, -η, -ον, correlat. of τοσοῦτος, how much, how many, how great, how far, how long, as much as, etc. (= Lat. quantus ); of number and quantity: m. pl., Mt 14:36, Mk 3:10, Ro 2:12, al.; n. pl., Mt 17:12, Mk 10:21, Lk 11:8, al.; πάτνες ( πάντα ) ὅ., Mt 13:46, Lk 4:40, al.; seq. οὗτοι ( ταῦτα ), Ro 8:14, Phl 4:8; c. indic., Mk 6:56, Re 3:19; c. subjc. Mk 3:28, al.; ὅ. ἄν, Mt 18:18, Jo 11:22, al.; of measure and degree: Mk 3:8, Lk 8:39, Ac 9:13; in compar. sent., ὅσον seq. μᾶλλον, Mk 7:36; καθ’ ὅσον, c. compar., He 3:3; seq. τοσοῦτο, He 7:20; οὕτως, He 9:27; τοσούτῳ, c. compar. seq. ὅσῳ, c. compar., He 1:4; ἐφ’ ὅσον, inasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of space and time: Re 21:16; ἐφ’ ὅσον, as long as, Mt 9:15, II Pe 1:13; ἐφ’ ὅ. χρόνον, Ro 7:1, I Co 7:39, Ga 4:1; ἔτι μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον, yet how very short a time, He 10:37 (LXX).Scroll for more

timeTime, a particular time, season.χρόνος, -ου, ὁ [in LXX chiefly for יוֹם, also for עֵת, etc.;] time (a space of time, whether long or short; cf. Lft., Notes, 70): Mt 2:7, Mk 9:21, Lk 1:57, Ac 3:21 7:17, 23 13:18 17:30 27:9, He 11:32, I Pe 1:17 4:3, Re 10:6; στιγμὴ χρόνου, Lk 4:5; πλήρωμα τοῦ χ., Ga 4:4; ποιεῖν χ., Ac 15:33 18:23; βιῶσαι, I Pe 4:2; διδόναι, Re 2:21; pl., χ. καὶ ( ἢ ) καιροί (Lft., l.c.), Ac 1:7, I Th 5:1; ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν χ. ( χρόνου ), I Pe 1:20, Ju 18; c. prep., ἄχρι, Ac 3:21; διὰ τὸν χ., He 5:12; ἐν χ., Ac 1:6, 21; ἐπὶ ( πλείονα ) χ., Lk 18:4, Ac 18:20; ἐφ’ ὅσον χ., Ro 7:1, I Co 7:39, Ga 4:1; κατὰ τὸν χ., Mt 2:16; μετὰ τολὺν ( τοσοῦτον ) χ., Mt 25:19, He 4:7; πρὸ χ. αἰωςίων, II Ti 1:9, Tit 1:2, instr. dat. of extension of time (v. M, Pr., 75, 148; Deiss., LAE, 206), Lk 8:27, 29 Jo 14:9, Ac 8:11, Ro 16:25; acc, of duration of time, Mk 2:19, Lk 20:9, Jo 5:6 7:33 12:35 14:9, Ac 14:3, 28 19:22 20:18, I Co 16:7, Re 6:11.† SYN.: v.s. καιρόςScroll for more

bridegroomA bridegroom.νυμφίος, -ου, ὁ (< νύμφη ), [in LXX for חָתָן;] a bridegroom: Mt 9:15 25:1, 5, 6, 10, Mk 2:19, 20, Lk 5:34, 35, Jo 2:9 3:29, Re 18:23.†Scroll for more

Mark 2:20

20But the days will come when the bridegroom shall be taken away from them and then will they fast in that day

Related verses (22)

will come

But

the days

when

shall be taken away

from

them

the

bridegroom

and

then

will they fast

that

The ASV does not translate this word.

day

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

ἐλεύσονταιeh-LYOO-sohn-tai

δὲdeh

ἡμέραιhay-MEH-rai

ὅτανHOH-tahn

ἀπαρθῇah-pahr-THAY

ἀπahp

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

ὁhoh

νυμφίοςnoom-FEE-ohs

καὶkai

τότεTOH-teh

νηστεύσουσινnay-STYOO-soo-seen

ἐνen

ἐκείνῃeh-KAY-nay

τῇtay

ἡμέρᾳhay-MEH-rah

The Pieces

ἐλεύσονταιGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἡμέραιGreek noun, feminine

ὅτανGreek conjunction

ἀπαρθῇGreek verb

ἀπGreek preposition

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

ὁGreek article

νυμφίοςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

τότεGreek adverb

νηστεύσουσινGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ἐκείνῃGreek demonstrative pronoun

τῇGreek article

ἡμέρᾳGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

wheneverWhen, whenever.ὅταν (for ὅτ’ ἄν = ὅτε ἄν ), temporal particle, with a conditional sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future; prop., whenever; c. subjc. praes.: Mt 6:2, 5, Mk 14:7, Lk 11:36, Jo 7:27, Ac 23:35, I Co 3:4, al.; ἕως τ. ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ὅ., Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25; seq. τότε, I Th 5:3; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 185): Mt 5:11, Mk 4:15, Lk 6:22, Jo 2:10 8:28 (Field, Notes, 94), 10:4, al. As in Hom. (LS, s.v.), but not in cl. prose, c. indic., when (M, Pr., 167 f.; Bl., § 65, 9): c. impf., Mk 3:11 (cf. Ge 38:9, al.); c. praes., Mk 11:25; c. fut., Re 4:9 (Swete, in l.); c. aor., Mk 11:19, Re 8:1 (Swete, in ll.; M, Pr., 168, 248; Field, Notes, 35).Scroll for more

to take awayI take away, remove; pass: I am taken away, withdrawn.ἀπ-αίρω, [in LXX chiefly for נסע;] to lift off, hence, to take away; pass.: Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35.†Scroll for more

away fromFrom, away from.ἀπό (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, WM, 456 f.), [in LXX for מִן, בְּ, לְ;] from (i.e. from the exterior). Of separation and cessation; of motion from a place: Mt 5:29, 30 7:23, Lk 5:2 22:41, al.; in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, s.v.; Bl., § 40, 2), Mt 9:16 27:21, Jo 21:10, Ac 5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.; of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Ro 9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col 2:20; σαλευθῆναι, II Th 2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 20:26, II Co 7:1, He 9:14; of position, Mt 23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mt 8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jo 10:18 21:8, Re 14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mt 9:22, Jo 19:27, Ac 20:18, Phl 1:5, al.; ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, Lk 1:70, al.; ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mt 19:4, Ro 1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, II Ti 3:15; ἀφ’ ἧς, since, Lk 7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Lk 1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mt 4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, II Co 8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Ac 28:23; of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mt 2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mt 1:17; ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Ac 8:10, He 8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mt 20:8, Jo 8:9, Ac 8:35, al. Of origin; of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 21:11, Mk 15:43, Jo 1:45, Ac 10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, § 66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), He 13:24; of membership in a community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12:1, al.; of material (= cl. gen.; Bl., § 40, 2; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3:4 27:21; after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Lk 11:50, 51, I Th 2:6 (Milligan, in l.); of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (freq. = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., § 40, 3), Mt 7:16 11:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, I Co 11:23, Ga 3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Lk 19:3 (cf. Jo 21:6, Ac 22:11 ); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mt 14:26, al. (cf. Mt 10:28 13:44 ). Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִנֶּגֶב ), Re 21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου ( מִפְּנֵי ), II Th 1:9 (Bl., § 40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν ( בְּלֵב ), Mt 18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 1:4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. ( ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω ); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀφικνεῖσθαι, q.v.Scroll for more

bridegroomA bridegroom.νυμφίος, -ου, ὁ (< νύμφη ), [in LXX for חָתָן;] a bridegroom: Mt 9:15 25:1, 5, 6, 10, Mk 2:19, 20, Lk 5:34, 35, Jo 2:9 3:29, Re 18:23.†Scroll for more

thenThen, at that time.τότε, demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ὅτε, then, at that time; of concurrent events: Mt 2:17 3:5 and freq., Ro 6:21; seq. ptcp., Mt 2:16, Ga 4:8; opp. to νῦν, Ga 4:29, He 12:26; ὁ τ. κόσμος, II Pe 3:6; of consequent events, then, thereupon: Mt 2:7 3:5 4:1 and freq., Lk 11:26; τ. οὖν, Jo 11:14 19:1, 16 20:8; εὐθέως τ., Ac 17:14; ὅτε... τ., Mt 13:26 21:1, Jo 12:16; ἀπὸ τ., Mt 4:17 16:21 26:16, Lk 16:16; of things future: Mt 24:23, 40 25:1, 31 ff.; opp. to ἄρτι, I Co 13:12; καὶ τ., Mt 7:23, Mk 13:21, Lk 21:27, I Co 4:5, al.; ὅταν... τ., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35, I Th 5:3, al. (more freq. in Mt than in the rest of the NT).Scroll for more

thatThat, that one there, yonder.ἐκεῖνος, -η, -ο (< ἐκεῖ ), [in LXX chiefly for הַהוּא,הוּא, and cogn. forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing ( ille ), implying remoteness as compared with οὗτος ( hic ); absol., emphatic he, she, it: opp. to οὗτος, Lk 18:14, Ja 4:15; ἡμεῖς, He 12:25; ὑμεῖς, Mt 13:11, Mk 4:11; ἄλλοι, Jo 9:9; ἐγώ, Jo 3:30; to persons named, Mk 16:[ 10, 13, 20 ], Jo 2:21; of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§2385, 2732), Jo 7:11 9:28; with respect, of Christ, I Jo 2:6 3:3, al.; referring to a preceding noun, Mk 16:[10], Jo 7:45; resumption of a participial subject, Jo 1:33 9:37 10:1, Ro 14:14, al. (on its reference in Jo 19:35, v. Westc, in l.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77ff.). As adj., joined, like οὗτος, to a noun with the article: Mt 7:25, Mk 3:24, Jo 18:15, al.; esp. of time, past or future: ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐ., Mt 3:1, Mk 1:9, Ac 2:18 (LXX), al.; ἐν ἐ. τ. ἡμέρᾳ, esp of the Parousia, Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, II Th 1:10, II Ti 1:12; adverbially, ἐκεινής (sc. ὁδοῦ ) = cl. ἐκεινῇ (Bl., §36, 13), that way, Lk 19:4.Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 12:46

← Back to Luke 5:36

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:10

Mark 2:21

21No man seweth a piece of undressed cloth on an old garment else that which should fill it up taketh from it the new from the old and a worse rent is made

Related verses (4)

Psalms 103:13-15 | Isaiah 57:16 | 1 Corinthians 10:13 | Matthew 9:16

No man

a piece

of … cloth

undressed

seweth

an … garment

old

else

taketh

that

which should fill it up

from

the

new

from the

old

and

worse

a … rent

is made

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Οὐδεὶςoo-DAYS

ἐπίβλημαeh-PEE-blay-mah

ῥάκουςRAH-koos

ἀγνάφουah-GNAH-foo

ἐπιράπτειeh-pee-RAH-ptay

ἐπὶeh-PEE

ἱμάτιονhee-MAH-tee-ohn

παλαιόνpah-lai-OHN

εἰay

δὲdeh

μήmay

αἴρειAI-ray

τὸtoh

πλήρωμαPLAY-roh-mah

ἀπahp

αὐτοῦow-TOO

τὸtoh

καινὸνkai-NOHN

τοῦtoo

παλαιοῦpah-lai-OO

καὶkai

χεῖρονCHAY-rohn

σχίσμαSCHEE-smah

γίνεταιGEE-neh-tai

The Pieces

ΟὐδεὶςGreek adjective

ἐπίβλημαGreek noun, neuter

ῥάκουςGreek noun, neuter

ἀγνάφουGreek adjective

ἐπιράπτειGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

ἱμάτιονGreek noun, neuter

παλαιόνGreek adjective

εἰGreek conditional

δὲGreek conjunction

μήGreek negative particle

αἴρειGreek verb

τὸGreek article

πλήρωμαGreek noun, neuter

ἀπGreek preposition

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

τὸGreek article

καινὸνGreek adjective

τοῦGreek article

παλαιοῦGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

χεῖρονGreek adjective

σχίσμαGreek noun, neuter

γίνεταιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

noneNo one, none, nothing.οὐδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (also in WH, txt., the Hellenistic forms -θείς, -θέν, Lk 22:35 23:14, Ac 15:9 19:27 26:26, I Co 13:2, II Co 11:8; cf. Bl., § 6, 7; M, Pr., 56 n, Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to μηδείς as οὐ to μή, no, no one, none: with nouns, Lk 4:24, Jo 10:41, Ro 8:1, al.; absol., Mt 6:24, Mk 3:27, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:18, Ac 18:10, Ro 14:7, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Lk 4:26, Jo 13:28, al.; neut., οὐδέν, Mt 10:26, al.; id. c. gen. partit., Lk 9:36, Ac 18:17, al.; οὐδὲν εἰ μή, Mt 5:13, Mk 9:29, al.; c. neg., strengthening the negation, Mk 15:4, 5, Lk 4:2, Jo 3:27, al.; adverbially, Ac 25:10, Ga 4:12, al.Scroll for more

patchA patch on a garment.ἐπί-βλημα, -τος, τό [in LXX: Is 3:22 *;] that which is thrown over, a cover. a tapestry, hanging ( Is, l.c. ). that which is put on; embroidery; a patch: Mt 9:16, Mk 2:21, Lk 5:36.†Scroll for more

a clothA piece of cloth, a remnant torn off.ῥάκος, -ους, τό [in LXX: Is 64:6 (5) ( בֶּגֶד ), Je 45 (38):11 ( סְחָבָה ), Es 4:17 *;] a ragged garment (Hom.). a rag, remnant, piece of cloth: Mt 9:16, Mk 2:21.†Scroll for more

unshrunkUnshrunken, new.*† ἄγναφος, -ον (= ἄγναπτος, < γνάπτω, late form of κνάπτω, to card wool ), uncarded, undressed, i.e. new (MM, VGT, s.v.): Mt 92:6, Mk 2:21.†Scroll for more

to sew onI sew (on).*† ἐπι-ράπτω (Rec. -ρράπτω ), to sew upon: seq. ἐπί, c. acc, Mk 2:21.†Scroll for more

clothingA long flowing outer garment, tunic.ἱμάτιον, -ου, τό (dim. of εἷμα, a garment ), [in LXX chiefly for בֶּגֶד, also for שִׂמְלָה, שַׂלְמָה, etc.;] a garment, but in usage always (exc. in p1., v. infr.) of an outer garment, a mantle, cloak (thrown over the χιτών; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 22; DCG, i, 499 a ): Mt 9:16, 20, 21, Mk 2:21 5:27, 28, 30, Jo 19:2, Ac 12:8, al.; opp. to χιτών, Mt 5:40, Lk 6:29, Ac 9:39; pl., garments, clothes (i.e. the cloak and the tunic), Mt 17:2 26:65 27:31, 35, Mk 5:30 15:20, 24, Jo 19:23, 24, Ja 5:2, al.Scroll for more

oldOld, ancient, not new or recent.παλαιός, -ά, -όν (< πάλαι ), [in LXX: Le 25:22 26:10, Ca 7:13 ( 14 ) ( ישׁן ), Jos 9:4, 5, Je 45 (38):11 ( בָּלֶה ), etc.;] old, ancient; opp. to νέος, καινός: οἶνος, Lk 5:39; διαθήκη, II Co 3:14; ἐντολή, I Jn 2:7; ζύμη, I Co 5:7, 8; ὁ π. ἄςθρωπος (for similar phrases, v. Westc., Eph., 68), Ro 6:6, Eph 4:22, Col 3:9; neut. pl., καινὰ καὶ π., Mt 13:52; of things not merely old, but worn by use (as Jos 9:4, 5, LXX), Mt 9:16, 17, Mk 2:21, 22, Lk 5:36, 37.† SYN.: v.s. ἀρχαῖος.Scroll for more

fulfillment(a) a fill, fullness; full complement; supply, patch, supplement, (b) fullness, filling, fulfillment, completion.πλήρωμα, -τος, τό (< πληρόω ), [in LXX for מְלֹא;] the result of the action involved in πληρόω (Lft., Col., 255 ff.; AR, Eph., 255 ff.), hence, in passive sense, that which has been completed, complement, plenitude, fullness (in Xen., Luc., Polyb., al., of a ship's crew or cargo, and by meton. of the ship itself): Jo 1:16, Ro 11:12, 25 15:29, I Co 10:26 (LXX), Eph 1:23 (AR, 42 ff.) 3:19 (AR. 87 ff.) 4:13, Col 1:19 2:9; of time, Ga 4:4, Eph 1:10; κοφίνων ( σφυρίδων ) πληρώματα, basketfuls, Mk 6:43 8:20. In active sense (= πλήρωσις, as freq. in words of these formations, cf. κτίσις, and v. MM, xx); that which fills up (but v. Lft., Col., 255 ff.): Mt 9:16, Mk 2:21; a filling up, completing, fulfilment: Ro 13:10.†Scroll for more

newFresh, new, unused, novel.καινός, -ή, -όν, [in LXX ( Ez 11:19, al.) for חָדָשׁ, exc. Is 65:15 ( אַחֵר );] of that which is unused or unaccustomed, new in respect to form or quality, fresh, unused, novel: opp. to παλαιός, ἀρχαῖος, Mt 9:17 13:52, Mk 2:21, 22, Lk 5:36, 38, II Co 5:17, Eph 4:24; πλήρωμα, Mk 2:21; μνημεῖον, Mt 27:60, Jo 19:41; διαθήκη (T, WH, R, txt., omit), Lk 22:20, I Co 11:25, II Co 3:6, He 8:8 (LXX), 13 9:15; οὐρανοί, γῆ, II Pe 3:13, Re 21:1 (LXX) Ἰερουσαλήμ, Re 3:12 21:2; ἄνθρωπος, Eph 2:15 (cf. Ez 18:31 ); πάντα, Re 21:5; γέννημα τ. ἀμπέλου, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25; διδαχή, Mk 1:27, Ac 17:19; ἐντολή, Jo 13:34, I Jn 2:7, 8, II Jn 5; ὄνομα, Re 2:17 (LXX); ᾠδή, Re 5:9 14:3 (cf. Ps 143 (144):9 ); κτίσις, II Co 5:17, Ga 6:15; γλῶσσαι, Mk 16:[17]; compar., Ac 17:21.† SYN.: νέος, "the new primarily in reference to time, the young, recent; κ.... the new primarily in reference to quality, the fresh, unworn". Cf. Tr., Syn., § lx (the distinction, however, is less marked in late Gk.; cf. He 12:24 with He 8:8 (LXX), 13 9:15 12:24 supr., and v. MM, Exp., xv).Scroll for more

worse thanWorse, more severe.χείρων, -ον, compar. of κακός [in LXX: I Ki 17:43 B, Wi 15:18 17:6, III Mac 5:20 *;] worse: Mt 9:16 12:45 27:64, Mk 2:21, Lk 11:26, Jo 5:14, I Ti 5:8, He 10:29, II Pe 2:20; εἰς ( ἐπὶ ) τὸ χεῖρον, Mk 5:26, II Ti 3:13.†Scroll for more

splitA rent, as in a garment; a division, dissention.* σχίσμα, -τος, τό (< σχίζω ), a rent (Arist., al.): Mt 9:16, Mk 2:21. Metaph., a dissension, division: Jo 7:43 9:16 10:19, I Co 1:10 11:18 12:25.† SYN.: v.s. αἵρεσιςScroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

← Back to Joshua 9:4

Mark 2:22

22And no man putteth new wine into old wine skins else the wine will burst the skins and the wine perisheth and the skins but they put new wine into fresh wine skins

Related verses (5)

Joshua 9:4, 13 | Job 32:19 | Psalms 119:80, 83 | Matthew 9:17 | Luke 5:37-38

And

no man

putteth

wine

new

into

wine skins

old

else

will burst

the

wine

the

skins

and

the

wine

perisheth

and

the

skins

but

wine

new

into

wine skins

fresh

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

καὶkai

οὐδεὶςoo-DAYS

βάλλειBAH-lay

οἶνονOY-nohn

νέονNEH-ohn

εἰςays

ἀσκοὺςah-SKOOS

παλαιούςpah-lai-OOS

εἰay

δὲdeh

μήmay

ῥήξειRAY-ksay

ὁhoh

οἶνοςOY-nohs

τοὺςtoos

ἀσκούςah-SKOOS

καὶkai

ὁhoh

οἶνοςOY-nohs

ἀπόλλυταιah-POH-loo-tai

καὶkai

οἱhoy

ἀσκοίah-SKOY

ἀλλὰah-LAH

οἶνονOY-nohn

νέονNEH-ohn

εἰςays

ἀσκοὺςah-SKOOS

καινούςkai-NOOS

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐδεὶςGreek adjective

βάλλειGreek verb

οἶνονGreek noun, masculine

νέονGreek adjective

εἰςGreek preposition

ἀσκοὺςGreek noun, masculine

παλαιούςGreek adjective

εἰGreek conditional

δὲGreek conjunction

μήGreek negative particle

ῥήξειGreek verb

ὁGreek article

οἶνοςGreek noun, masculine

τοὺςGreek article

ἀσκούςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

οἶνοςGreek noun, masculine

ἀπόλλυταιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

ἀσκοίGreek noun, masculine

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

οἶνονGreek noun, masculine

νέονGreek adjective

εἰςGreek preposition

ἀσκοὺςGreek noun, masculine

καινούςGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

to throw: throw(a) I cast, throw, rush, (b) often, in the weaker sense: I place, put, drop.βάλλω, [in LXX for נפל, שׂום, ידד, etc.;] prop., of a weapon or missile; then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metaph., to throw, cast, put, place: c. acc., seq. εἰς, Mt 4:18, and freq. ἐπί, Mt 10:34; κάτω, Mt 4:6; ἔξω, Mt 5:13; ἀπό, Mt 5:29; ἐκ, Mk 12:44; δρέπανον, Re 14:19; μάχαιραν, Mt 10:34; κλῆρον, Mt 27:35; of fluids, to pour: Mt 9:17, Jo 13:5; pass., to be laid, to lie ill: Mt 9:2; ἐβλήθη (timeless aor., M, Pr., 134), Jo 15:6; intrans., to rush (Bl., §53, 1): Ac 27:14. Metaph., β. εἰς τ. καρδίαν, Jo 13:2 (cf. usage in π., without idea of violence; also of liquids; MM, Exp., x; v. also Cremer, 120, 657; cf. ἀμφι-, ἀνα-, ἀντι-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, ἐμ-, παρ-εμ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, συμ-, ὑπερ-, ὑπο-βάλλω ).Scroll for more

wineWine.οἶνος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for יַיִן also for תִּירוֹשׁ, etc.;] wine: Mt 9:17, Lk 1:15, Jo 2:3, al.; οἴνῳ προσέχειν, I Ti 3:8; δουλοῦσθαι, Tit 2:3. Metaph., Re 14:8, 10 16:19 17:2 18:3 19:15. By meton. for ἄμπελος, Re 6:6.Scroll for more

new(a) young, youthful, (b) new, fresh.νέος, -α, -ον, [in LXX for נַעַר ( Ge 37:2, Ex 33:11, al.), חָדָשׁ ( Le 23:16, Nu 28:26, al.), etc.; compar. -ώτερος for קָטֹן, צָעִיר, etc.;] young, youthful: Tit 2:4. new (prop., in respect of time; v.s. καινός ): οἶνος (cf. οἶ. καινός, Mt 26:29 ), Mt 9:17, Mk 2:22, Lk 5:37-[39]; φύραμα (fig.), I Co 5:7; διαθήκη (cf. καινὴ δ., He 9:15 ), He 12:24; metaph., ἄνθρωπος (cf. καινὸς ἀ, Eph 2:15 ), Col 3:10. Compar., -ώτερος, -α, -ον, younger: Lk 15:12, 13 22:26, Jo 21:18; pl., οἱ ν., Ac 5:6 (Rackham, in l.), I Ti 5:11, Tit 2:6; opp. to πρεσβύτεροι, I Ti 5:1, I Pe 5:5; αἱ ν., I Ti 5:2, 14. Νέα Πόλις, Neapolis: Ac 16:11 (Rec., Νεάπολις, q.v.) SYN.: καινός, q.v.Scroll for more

wineskinA wine-skin, leather bottle.ἀσκός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX for חֵמֶת, נֹאד, נֵבֶל;] a leather bottle, wine-skin: Mt 9:17, Mk 2:22, Lk 5:37, 38.†Scroll for more

to throw violentlyI rend, break asunder; I break forth (into speech); I throw or dash down.ῥήγνυμι and ( Mk 9:18 ) ῥήσσω, [in LXX chiefly for בּקע, also for קרע, etc.;] to rend, break asunder: Mt 7:6, Mk 2:22, Lk 5:37; pass., Mt 9:17. Of the voice, c. acc., φωνήν, etc. (Hdt., al.), to break forth into speech: absol., Ga 4:27 (LXX). = ῥάσσω (Dem., al.), to throw or dash down: Mk 9:18, Lk 9:42 (cf. δια-, περι-, προσ-ρήγνυμι ).† SYN.: θραύω, κατάγνυμιScroll for more

wineskinA wine-skin, leather bottle.ἀσκός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX for חֵמֶת, נֹאד, נֵבֶל;] a leather bottle, wine-skin: Mt 9:17, Mk 2:22, Lk 5:37, 38.†Scroll for more

to destroy(a) I kill, destroy, (b) I lose, mid: I am perishing (the resultant death being viewed as certain).ἀπ-όλλυμι and ἀπολλύω, [in LXX for אבד, etc. (38 words in all)]. Act., to destroy utterly, destroy, kill: Mk 1:24, 9:22, al.; τ. ψνχήν, Mt 10:28, al.; to lose utterly: Mt 10:42, al.; metaph., of failing to save, Jo 6:39 18:9. Mid., to perish; of things: Mt 5:29, Jo 6:12, He 1:11 (LXX), al.; of persons: Mt 8:26, al. Metaph., of loss of eternal life, Jo 3:15, 16 10:28 17:12, Ro 2:12, I Co 8:11 15:18, II Pe 3:9. In οἱ ἀπολλύμενοι, the perishing, contrasted in I Co 1:18, al., with οἱ σωζόμενοι, the "perfective" force of the verb, wh. "implies the completion of the process of destruction," is illustrated (v. M, Pr., 114 f.; M, Th., ii, 2:10); to be lost: Lk 15:4 21:18. Metaph., on the basis of the relation between shepherd and flock, of spiritual destitution and alienation from God: Mt 10:6 15:24, Lk 19:10 (MM, s.v.; DCG, i, 191 f., ii, 76, 554; Cremer, 451).Scroll for more

wineskinA wine-skin, leather bottle.ἀσκός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX for חֵמֶת, נֹאד, נֵבֶל;] a leather bottle, wine-skin: Mt 9:17, Mk 2:22, Lk 5:37, 38.†Scroll for more

← Back to Deuteronomy 23:25

← Back to Matthew 12:1

← Back to Luke 6:1

← Back to John 9:14

Mark 2:23

23And it came to pass that he was going on the sabbath day through the grainfields and his disciples began as they went to pluck the ears

Related verses (3)

Matthew 12:1-8 | Luke 6:1-5 | Deuteronomy 23:24-25

And

it came to pass

the

sabbath day

that … was going

through

the

grainfields

and

The ASV does not translate this word.

disciples

his

began

as they went

to pluck

the

ears

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Καὶkai

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἐνen

τοῖςtoys

σάββασινSAH-bah-seen

παραπορεύεσθαιpah-rah-poh-RYOO-eh-sthai

διὰdee-AH

τῶνtohn

σπορίμωνspoh-REE-mohn

καὶkai

οἱhoy

μαθηταὶmah-thay-TAI

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ἤρξαντοAYR-ksahn-toh

ὁδὸνhoh-DOHN

ποιεῖνpoy-AYN

τίλλοντεςTEE-lohn-tes

τοὺςtoos

στάχυαςSTAH-choo-ahs

The Pieces

ΚαὶGreek conjunction

ἐγένετοGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἐνGreek preposition

τοῖςGreek article

σάββασινGreek noun, neuter

παραπορεύεσθαιGreek verb

διὰGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

σπορίμωνGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

μαθηταὶGreek noun, masculine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ἤρξαντοGreek verb

ὁδὸνGreek noun, feminine

ποιεῖνGreek verb

τίλλοντεςGreek verb

τοὺςGreek article

στάχυαςGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

SabbathThe Sabbath, a week.† σάββατον, -ου, τό (Aram. שַׁבָּתָא, transliterated σάββατα, and this being mistaken for a pl., the sing. σάββατον was formed from it), and σάββατα, -ων, τά [in LXX for שַׁבָּת, שַׁבָּתוֹן;] the seventh day of the week, the sabbath the sing. form -ον, τὸ σ.: Mt 12:8, Mk 2:27, Lk 6:5, al.; ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ σ. (in LXX, Ex 20:8, al., usually τῶν σ., v. infr.), Lk 13:16 14:5; ὁδὸς σαββάτου, Ac 1:12 (cf. Mt 24:20 ); dat., of time ( τῷ ) σ., Lk 6:9 14:1; ἐν ( τῷ ) σ., Mt 12:2, Lk 6:7, Jo 5:16, al.; acc., of duration, τὸ σ., Lk 23:56; κατὰ πᾶν σ., Ac 13:27 15:21 18:4; pl., σ. τρία, Ac 17:2 R, txt. (but v. infr.); as most freq. in LXX (v. Swete, Mk., 17; Thackeray, Gr., 35) the pl. form, τὰ σ. (v. supr. on the Aram. form. There is also an analogy in the names of other festivals, τ. ἐγκαίνια, ἄζυμα, etc.): Mt 28:1, Col 2:16; ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν σ. ( Ex 20:8, al.), Lk 4:16, Ac 13:14 16:13; dat. pl. (in LXX -τοις, but I Mac 2:38 as in NT) by metaplasmus (Bl., § 9, 3), σάββασι, Mt 12:1, 5, 10-12 Mk 1:21 2:23 3:2, 4, Lk 4:31 6:2. seven days, a week; the sing. form: πρώτη σαββάτσυ, Mk 16:9; δὶς τοῦ σ. (Bl., § 35, 4; 36, 13), Lk 18:12; κατὰ μίαν σαββάτου, I Co 16:2; pl., σ. τρία, Ac 17:2 R, mg. (but v. supr.); the pl. form: ἡ μία τῶν σ. (where the gen. = μετὰ τά; Soph., Lex., 43a), Mt 28:1, Mk 16:2, Lk 24:1, Jo 20:1, 19, Ac 20:7Scroll for more

to pass by/throughI go past, pass by, pass along by.παρα-πορεύομαι, [in LXX chiefly for עבר;] to go beside, accompany. to go past, pass by: Mt 27:39, Mk 11:20 15:29; seq. διά, c. gen., Mk 2:23 9:30 (WH, mg.).†Scroll for more

grainfieldSown; neut. plur: sown fields.σπόριμος, -ον (< σπείρω ) [in LXX: Ge 1:29, Le 11:37 ( זרע ), Si 40:22 א 1 *;] fit for sowing, sown; as subst., τὰ σ., corn-fields: Mt 12:1, Mk 2:23, Lk 6:1.†Scroll for more

to rule/beginI begin.ἄρχω, [in LXX for חלל, משׁל, etc.;] to begin. to rule (v. DCG, ii, 538 b.): c. gen., Mk 10:42, Ro 15:12. Mid., to begin: seq. ἀπό, Mt 16:21 20:8, Lk 14:18 23:5 24:27, 47, Jo 8:9, Ac 1:22 8:35 10:37, I Pe 4:17; c. inf., an Aramaic pleonasm, Mk 1:45 2:23 5:17, Lk 3:8, al. (v. M, Pr., 14 f.; Dalman, Words, 27; MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

roadA way, road, journey, path.ὁδός, -οῦ, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for דֶּרֶךְ;] a way, path, road: Mt 2:12, Mk 10:46, Lk 3:5, al.; κατὰ τὴν ὁ., Lk 10:4, al.; παρὰ τὴν ὁ., Mt 13:4, al.; c. gen. pers, (subj.), τὴν ὁ. ἑτοιμάζειν (fig.), Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, al.; c. gen. term. (obj.), ἐθνῶν, Mt 10:5; τ. ἁγίων (fig.), He 9:8; acc., ὁδόν, with force of prep. (like Heb. דֶּרֶךְ; Bl., § 34, 8; 35, 5), ὁ. θαλάσσης, Mt 4:15 (LXX). A traveller's way, journey: ἐν τ. ὁ., Mt 5:25, Mk 8:27, al.; ἐξ ὁ., Lk 11:6; εἰς ὁ., Mt 10:10; τ. ὁδὸν πορεύεσθαι, Ac 8:39; ὁ. ἡμέρας, Lk 2:44; ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (= cl., ὁ. ποιεῖσθαι; v. Field, Notes, 25), to make one's way, i.e. proceed on one's journey, Mk 2:23. Metaph. (cl.; but esp. freq. in Heb.; v. Cremer, 442 ff.), of a course of conduct, a way of thinking or acting: Ac 14:16, I Co 4:17 12:31, Ja 1:8 5:20; τοῦ Κάϊν, Ju 11; τ. Βαλαάμ, II Pe 2:15; εἰρήνης, Ro 3:17; ζωῆς, Ac 2:28; ἡ ὁ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τ. ζωήν (Dalman, Words, 160), Mt 7:14; τ. δικαιοσύνης, Mt 21:32; σωτηρίας, Ac 16:17; αἱ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ ( κυρίου ), Ac 13:10, Ro 11:33, Re 15:3 (cf. Ho 14:9 Ps 94 (95):10, Si 39:24, al.); ἡ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ (the way approved by God), Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14, Lk 20:21; id., of the Christian religion, Ac 18:26; so, absol., ἡ ὁ., Ac 9:2 19:9, 23 24:22; of Christ as the means of approach to God, Jo 14:6. Ellipsis of ὁ.: ποίας (sc. ὁδοῦ ), Lk 5:19; ἐκείνης, Luke 19:4 (v. Bl., § 36, 13; 44, 1).Scroll for more

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

to pluckI pluck, pluck off.τίλλω [in LXX: II Es 9:3, Is 18:7, Da LXX 7:4 ( מָרַט ) *;] to pluck, pluck off: στάχυας, Mt 12:1, Mk 2:23, Lk 6:1.†Scroll for more

head of grainA head of grain.στάχυς, -υος, ὁ [in LXX chiefly for שִׁבֹּלֶת;] an ear of corn: Mt 12:1, Mk 2:23 4:28, Lk 6:1.†Scroll for more

← Back to Luke 6:2

← Back to John 5:10

Mark 2:24

24And the Pharisees said unto him Behold why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful

Related verses (13)

And

the

Pharisees

said

unto him

Behold

why

do they

on the

sabbath day

that which

not

is … lawful

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

καὶkai

οἱhoy

Φαρισαῖοιfah-ree-SAI-oy

ἔλεγονEH-leh-gohn

αὐτῷow-TOH

ἼδεEE-deh

τίtee

ποιοῦσινpoy-OO-seen

τοῖςtoys

σάββασινSAH-bah-seen

ὃhoh

οὐκook

ἔξεστινEH-kseh-steen

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

Φαρισαῖοιname of a title or other name

ἔλεγονGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ἼδεGreek interjection

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

ποιοῦσινGreek verb

τοῖςGreek article

σάββασινGreek noun, neuter

ὃGreek relative pronoun

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἔξεστινGreek verb

What It Can Mean

look!See! Lo! Behold! Look!.ἴδε (Attic ἰδέ; the "later" accentuation is also found in Hom.; Veitch, 215) prop., 2 aor. imperat. of ὁράω, q.v. As interjection, apart from the construction of the sentence, and used where one or many are addressed, see! behold! lo!: Mt 25:20, 22, 25, Mk 2:24 3:34 11:21 13:1, 21 15:4, 35 16:6, Jo 1:29, 36, 48 3:26 5:14 7:26 11:3, 36 12:19 16:29 18:21 19:4, 14, 26, 27, Ga 5:2.†Scroll for more

be permittedIt is permitted, lawful, possible.ἔξ-εστι (< εἰμί ), impers. verb., it is permitted, lawful: Mk 2:24, Ac 8:37 (R, mg.), I Co 10:23; c. inf., Mt 12:2, 10, 12 14:4 15:26 19:3 22:17 27:6, Mk 3:4 12:14, Lk 6:2, 9 14:3, Jo 5:10; seq. acc., Mk 2:26, Lk 6:4 20:22; c. dat. pers. et inf., Mt 20:15, Mk 6:18 10:2, Jo 18:31, Ac 16:21 21:37 22:25 (inf. understood), I Co 6:12; ἐξόν (sc. ἐστί ), Ac 2:29, II Co 12:4; ἐξὸν ἦν, Mt 12:4.†Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Samuel 21:6

← Back to Matthew 12:3

← Back to Matthew 19:4

← Back to Matthew 21:16

← Back to Mark 12:10

← Back to Luke 6:3

Mark 2:25

25And he said unto them Did ye never read what David did when he had need and was hungry he and they that were with him

Related verses (6)

And

said

unto them

never

Did ye … read

what

did

David

when

need

he had

and

was hungry

and

they that

were with

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

καὶkai

αὐτὸςow-TOHS

ἔλεγενEH-leh-gen

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

Οὐδέποτεoo-DEH-poh-teh

ἀνέγνωτεah-NEH-gnoh-teh

τίtee

ἐποίησενeh-POY-ay-sen

Δαυὶδdow-EED

ὅτεHOH-teh

χρείανCHRAY-ahn

ἔσχενEH-schen

καὶkai

ἐπείνασενeh-PAY-nah-sen

αὐτὸςow-TOHS

καὶkai

οἱhoy

μετmet

αὐτοῦow-TOO

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

αὐτὸςGreek pronoun

ἔλεγενGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ΟὐδέποτεGreek negative adverb

ἀνέγνωτεGreek verb

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

ἐποίησενGreek verb

Δαυὶδname of a person

ὅτεGreek conjunction

χρείανGreek noun, feminine

ἔσχενGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπείνασενGreek verb

αὐτὸςGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

μετGreek preposition

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to readI read, know again, know certainly, recognize, discern.ἀνα-γινώσκω (Attic ἀναγιγν- ), [in LXX chiefly for קרא;] to know certainly, know again, recognize. Of written characters, to read: Mt 24:15, Mk 13:14, Ac 15:31 23:34, Eph 3:4; c. acc rei, Mt 22:31, Mk 12:10 Lk 6:3, Jo 19:20, Ac 8:30, 32, II Co 1:13, Re 1:3; c. acc pers., Ἠσαίαν τ. προφήτην, Ac 8:28, 30; seq. ἐν, Mt 12:5 21:42, Mk 12:26 (so. ἐν τ. νόμῳ ), Lk 10:26; seq. ὅτι, Mt 19:4 21:16; τί ἐποίησε, Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25; pass. II Co 3:2; of reading aloud (MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 4:16, Ac 13:27 15:21, II Co 3:15, Col 4:16, I Th 5:27 (M, Th., in l.).†Scroll for more

DavidDavid, King of Israel.Δαυείδ (Rec. Δαβίδ ), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. דָּוִד ), David, King of Israel: Mt 1:6; 12:3, et al.; σκηνὴ Δ., Ac 15:16; κλεὶς Δ., Re 3:7; θρόνος Δ., Lk 1:32; ῥίζα Δ., Re 5:5; βασιλεία Δ., Mk 11:10; υἱὸς Δ., the Messiah ( Ps. Sol., 17:23; for other reff. in Jewish lit., v. Dalman, Words, 317), Mt 1:1 9:27, et al.; ἐν Δ., i.e. the Psalter, He 4:7Scroll for more

whenWhen, at which time.ὅτε, temporal particle (correlat. of πότε, τότε ), when; c. indic., (so generally in cl., but also c. optat., subjc.; LS, s.v.), most freq. c. aor., Mt 9:25, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:25, Jo 1:19, Ac 1:13, Ro 13:11, Ga 1:15, Re 1:17, al.; c. impf., Mk 14:12, Jo 21:18, Ro 6:20, I Th 3:4, al.; c. pf., since, now that, I Co 13:11 (B, ἐγένόμην ); c. praes., Mk 11:1, Jo 9:4, He 9:17; c. fut. (Hom.; of a def. fut. as opp. to the indef. fut. of ὅταν c. subjc.), Lk 17:22, Jo 4:21, 23 5:25 16:25, Ro 2:16 (T, txt., WH, mg.), II Ti 4:3 (in all which instances, and c. pres., Jo 9:4, ὅ. follows a subst. of time, and is equiv. to a rel. phrase, ἐν ᾧ or ᾗ ).Scroll for more

to hungerI am hungry, needy, desire earnestly.πεινάω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for = רָעֵב;] to hunger, be hungry: Mt 4:2 12:1, 3 21:18 25:35, 37, 42, 44, Mk 2:25 11:12, Lk 1:53 4:2 6:3, Ro 12:20 (LXX), I Co 4:11 11:21, 34, Phl 4:12, Re 7:16; metaph., Mt 5:6, Lk 6:21, 25, Jo 6:35.†Scroll for more

← Back to Leviticus 24:9

← Back to 1 Samuel 21:1

← Back to 1 Samuel 30:7

Mark 2:26

26How he entered into the house of God when Abiathar was high priest and ate the showbread which it is not lawful to eat save for the priests and gave also to them that were with him

Related verses (10)

How

he entered

into

the

house

The ASV does not translate this word.

of God

when

Abiathar

was high priest

and

the

showbread

The ASV does not translate this word.

showbread

ate

which

not

it is … lawful

to eat

save

for the

priests

and

gave

also

to them

with

him

that were

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

πῶςpohs

εἰσῆλθενay-SAYL-then

εἰςays

τὸνtohn

οἶκονOY-kohn

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

ἐπὶeh-PEE

Ἀβιαθὰρah-bee-ah-THAHR

ἀρχιερέωςahr-chee-eh-REH-ohs

καὶkai

τοὺςtoos

ἄρτουςAHR-toos

τῆςtays

προθέσεωςproh-THEH-seh-ohs

ἔφαγενEH-fah-gen

οὓςhoos

οὐκook

ἔξεστινEH-kseh-steen

φαγεῖνfah-GAYN

εἰay

μὴmay

τοὺςtoos

ἱερεῖςhee-eh-RAYS

καὶkai

ἔδωκενEH-doh-ken

καὶkai

τοῖςtoys

σὺνsoon

αὐτῷow-TOH

οὖσινOO-seen

The Pieces

πῶςGreek interrogative particle

εἰσῆλθενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

οἶκονGreek noun, masculine

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

ἐπὶGreek preposition

Ἀβιαθὰρname of a person

ἀρχιερέωςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

τοὺςGreek article

ἄρτουςGreek noun, masculine

τῆςGreek article

προθέσεωςGreek noun, feminine

ἔφαγενGreek verb

οὓςGreek relative pronoun

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἔξεστινGreek verb

φαγεῖνGreek verb

εἰGreek conditional

μὴGreek negative particle

τοὺςGreek article

ἱερεῖςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἔδωκενGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

σὺνGreek preposition

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

οὖσινGreek verb

What It Can Mean

how?!How, in what manner, by what means.πῶς, interrog. adv., correl. of ὅπως, prop., in direct questions, how?: c. indic., Mt 12:29, Mk 3:23, Lk 11:18, Jo 3:4, al.; καὶ π., Mk 4:13, Lk 20:44; π. οὖν, Mt 12:26; π. οὐ, Mt 16:11, Lk 12:56; in deliberative questions (cf. Bl., § 64, 6), c. subjc., Mt 23:33 26:54; π. οὖν, Ro 10:14; π. δέ, Ro 10:14, 15; seq. ἄν, c. optat., Ac 8:31. As sometimes in cl. but more freq. and increasingly so in late writers (v. WM, § 57, 2; Bl., § 70, 2; Thumb, MGr., 192; Jannaris, Gr., App., vi, 13 f.), = ὅπως, ὥς; in indirect discourse: c. indic., Mt 6:28, Mk 12:41, Lk 8:36, Jo 9:15, Ac 9:27, al.; c. subjc., Mk 11:18, Lk 12:11; in exclamations: Mt 21:20, Mk 10:23, 24, Lk 12:50 18:24, Jo 11:36.Scroll for more

AbiatharAbiathar, a priest in King David's time.Ἀβιάθαρ, ὁ, indecl. (Heb. אֶבְיָתָר ), Abiathar ( I Ki 21:1 ): Mk 2:26.†Scroll for more

high-priestHigh priest, chief priest.ἀρχ-ιερεύς, -έως, ὁ, [in LXX for כֹּהֵן, הַגָּדוֹל כּ״, הָרֹאשׁ כּ״;] high-priest: Mk 2:26 14:47, al.; of Christ: He 2:17 3:1, al. In pl., chief priests, including ex-high-priests and members of high-priestly families: Mt 2:4, Mk 8:31, al. (Cremer, 294; DCG, i, 297 f.; MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

breadBread, a loaf, food.ἄρτος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for לֶחֶם;] bread, a loaf: Mt 4:3, 4, Mk 3:20, al.; ἄρτοι τ. προθέσεως, bread of the setting forth, i.e. the shewbread. Metaph., ὁ ἄ. τ. θεοῦ, τ. ζωῆς, ref. to Christ, Jo 6:33, 35; in general, food: Mt 6:11, al.; ἄ. φαγεῖν (Heb. אֲכֹל לֶחֶם ), to eat (MM, s.v.), Lu 14:1, al.Scroll for more

purposeA setting forth, the show-bread; predetermination, purpose.πρό-θεσις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX: Ex 40:4, 23 ( עֵרֶךְ ), I Ch 9:32, al. ( מַעֲרֶכֶת ), II Ch 4:19 ( פָּנִים ), I Mac 1:22, II Mac 3:8, al.;] a setting forth (Plat., Plut., al.): οἱ ἄρτοι τῆς π. (cf. LXX, Ex 40:4, 23, I Ch 9:32, II Ch 4:19, I Mac 1:22, II Mac 3:8, elsewhere ἄρτοι ἐνώπιοι, Ex 25:29; οἱ ἄ. τοῦ προσώπου, Ne 10:33 ), Mt 12:4, Mk 2:26, Lk 6:4; ἡ π. τῶν ἄρτων, He 9:2. a purpose (Mist., Polyb., al.; II Mac 3:8 ): Ac 11:23 27:13, Ro 8:28 9:11, Eph 1:11 3:11, II Ti 1:9 3:10.†Scroll for more

to eatI eat, partake of food; met: I devour, consume (e.g. as rust does); used only in fut. and 2nd aor. tenses.φάγομαι Hellenistic for cl. ἔδομαι, v.s. ἐσθίω.Scroll for more

priestA priest, one who offers sacrifice to a god (in Jewish and pagan religions; of Christians only met.).ἱερεύς, -έως, ὁ (< ἱερός ), [in LXX for כָּהֵן;] a priest: ἱ. τ. Διός, Ac 14:13; of Jewish priests, Mt 8:4 12:4, 5, Mk 1:44 2:26, Lk 1:5 5:14, Jo 1:19, He 8:4, al.; of Christ, He 5:6 (LXX) He 10:21; of Christians, Re 1:6 5:10 20:6 (Cremer, 293; on the acc. pl., ἱερεῖς, v. Thack., Gr., 147 f.; Bl., § 8, 2).Scroll for more

to giveI offer, give; I put, place.δίδωμι, [in LXX chiefly for נתן (53 words in all);] to give —in various senses, acc. to context— bestow, grant, supply, deliver, commit, yield: absol., Ac 20:35; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 4:9 5:31, Jo 1:12, al. mult.; c. dat. pers., seq. ἐκ, Mt 25:8; id. c. gen. part.. Re 2:17; c. acc. pers., Jo 3:16, Re 20:13, al.; δεξιάς, Ga 2:9; φίλημα, Lk 7:45; γνῶσιν, Lk 1:77; κρίσιν, Jo 5:22; of seed yielding fruit, Mk 4:7, 8; ἐργασίαν (Deiss., LAE, 117f.), Lk 12:58; c. inf. fin., Mt 27:34, Mk 5:43, Lk 8:55, Jo 6:52, al.; c. dat. pers. et inf., Lk 1:74, al.; c. acc. et inf., Ac 2:27, Re 3:9; c. dupl. acc., Mt 20:28, Mk 10:45, Eph 1:22 4:11, II Th 3:9, I Ti 2:6, al.; ἑαυτὸν δ. εἰς (Polyb., al.), Ac 19:31; c. dat. pers., seq. κατά (MM, Exp., xi), Re 2:28 (LXX); δ. ἵνα, Re 3:9; δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἀνεῳγμένην, Re 3:8. SYN.: δωρέομαι.Scroll for more

withWith.σύν (old Att. ξύν ), prep. c. dat., expressing association, fellowship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to μετά, c. gen. (cf. LS, s.v.; Bl., § 41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being rare in Mt 4, Mk 6, Jo 3, and elsewhere (exx. Ja 1:11, II Pe 1:18 ) only in Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with: of companionship and association, Lk 2:13, Jo 21:3, Ac 10:23, al.; εἶναι σύν τινι, Lk 7:12, Ac 4:13, Phl 1:23, al.; of partisanship, Ac 4:13; οἱ σύν τινι (ὄντες), of attendants, companions or colleagues, Mk 2:26, Lk 5:9, Ac 5:17, al.; of assistance, ἡ χάρις τ. θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί, I Co 15:10; of two or more things together, almost = καί, Lk 23:11, Ac 3:4 10:2 14:5 23:15, Eph 3:18; σὺν Χριστῷ ζῆν, II Co 13:4; besides (FlJ, LXX), σὺν πᾶσι τούτοις, Lk 24:21. In composition: with ( συνχαίρω ), together ( συνωδίνω ), altogether ( συντελέω ).Scroll for more

beingεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 2:3

← Back to Exodus 16:23

← Back to Exodus 20:11

← Back to Ezekiel 20:12

← Back to Mark 3:4

← Back to Luke 6:5

← Back to Luke 13:16

Mark 2:27

27And he said unto them The sabbath was made for man and not man for the sabbath

Word By Word, In Greek Order1And | 2he said | 3unto them | 4The | 5sabbath | 6for | 7— | 8man | 9was made | 10and | 11not | 12— | 13man | 14for | 15the | 16sabbath

Related verses (10)

And

he said

unto them

The

sabbath

for

The ASV does not translate this word.

man

was made

and

not

The ASV does not translate this word.

man

for

the

sabbath

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

καὶkai

ἔλεγενEH-leh-gen

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

Τὸtoh

σάββατονSAH-bah-tohn

διὰdee-AH

τὸνtohn

ἄνθρωπονAHN-throh-pohn

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

καὶkai

οὐχooch

ὁhoh

ἄνθρωποςAHN-throh-pohs

διὰdee-AH

τὸtoh

σάββατονSAH-bah-tohn

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἔλεγενGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ΤὸGreek article

σάββατονGreek noun, neuter

διὰGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

ἄνθρωπονGreek noun, masculine

ἐγένετοGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐχGreek negative particle

ὁGreek article

ἄνθρωποςGreek noun, masculine

διὰGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

σάββατονGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

← Back to Matthew 12:8

Mark 2:28

28so that the Son of man is lord even of the sabbath

Related verses (8)

so that

lord

the

Son

The ASV does not translate this word.

of man

even

of the

sabbath

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

ὥστεHOH-steh

κύριόςKOO-ree-ohs

ἐστινeh-steen

ὁhoh

υἱὸςhwee-OHS

τοῦtoo

ἀνθρώπουahn-THROH-poo

καὶkai

τοῦtoo

σαββάτουsah-BAH-too

The Pieces

ὥστεGreek conjunction

κύριόςGreek noun, masculine

ἐστινGreek verb

ὁGreek article

υἱὸςGreek noun, masculine

τοῦGreek article

ἀνθρώπουGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

τοῦGreek article

σαββάτουGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

← Previous: Mark 1 Next: Mark 3 →